FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 Wi-Fi 6E BT 5.2 M.2 1418 Module

Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1 User Guide Read this first Before using this documentation and the product it supports, ensure that you read and understand the following:

Safety and Warranty Guide Setup Guide Generic Safety and Compliance Notices First Edition (April 2022) Copyright Lenovo 2022. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents Discover your Lenovo notebook. . . . . iii Chapter 1. Meet your computer . . . . . 1

. . 1

. Front view . . 4

. Side view . 6 Bottom view . . 7 Features and specifications . . 8

. . . . . . . . . . . . USB specifications . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2. Get started with your computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

. 9 Access networks . . 9

. 9

. . Connect to Wi-Fi networks. Connect to the wired Ethernet Connect to a cellular network (for selected models)

. . Turn on the Airplane mode . Interact with your computer . . Use the keyboard shortcuts . Use the TrackPoint pointing device . Use the trackpad . Use the touch screen (for selected models) Connect to an external display . . 9

. 10

. 10

. 10

. 12

. 13

. 14

. 16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3. Explore your computer . . 19

. 19 Lenovo apps . 19

. 19

. . The Vantage app . . AI Meeting Manager (for selected models). . Lenovo Smart Appearance (for selected

. models)

. Lenovo Quick Clean . . . Smart features (for selected models). . Color calibration (for selected models) . . Intelligent cooling . . . . Manage power . . . . . Set up a Bluetooth connection . . Use an SD card (for ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1

. only)

. Accessories . Check the battery status Charge the computer . Change the power settings

. . . . . . . . . . . . 20

. 20

. 21

. 23

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 25

. 26

. 26

. 26

. . . . Transfer data . Purchase accessories

. . . . . . 26

. 27

. 27

. . . . . . . . . Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

. 29 Lock the computer

. . . . Copyright Lenovo 2022

. . . . Log in with your fingerprint Log in with your face ID (for selected models)

. Detect human presence (for selected models) . Protect your privacy (for selected models)

. Protect data against power loss (for selected

. . models) . . UEFI BIOS passwords . . . Password types . . . Set, change, or remove a password . . Password types . . . Set, change, and remove a password . Associate your fingerprints with passwords

(for selected models) . . . . . . . 30

. 31

. 31

. 32

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 34

. 35

. 36

. 37

. . . Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

. 39

. UEFI BIOS . 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 39

. 40

. Install a Windows operating system and drivers . . . . Enter the UEFI BIOS menu . . Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface . . . Set the system date and time. . Change the startup sequence . . Update UEFI BIOS . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6. CRU replacement . . . . . 43

. 43

. . CRU list . 44 Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery . 44

. . Replace a CRU . 44

. . 45

. . 47

. 48

. 49

. 51

. 53

. 54

. 55

. . Removable battery . . Base cover assembly . Wireless WAN card (for selected models) . . Memory module . . . Internal storage drive . 2242 M.2 solid-state drive . . . Speaker assembly . . . . Coin-cell battery . . . Keyboard . . . . . . . Chapter 7. Help and support

. Frequently asked questions . . Error messages . . Beep errors . . . Self-help resources . . Windows label

. . Call Lenovo . . . Before you contact Lenovo . Lenovo Customer Support Center . . . . . . . . . . 61

. 61

. . 62

. . 63

. . 64

. . 65

. . 65

. . 65

. . 66

. . i Purchase additional services. . . . 67 Appendix A. Compliance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Appendix B. Notices and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 ii Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Discover your Lenovo notebook Thank you for choosing a Lenovo notebook! We are dedicated to delivering the best solution to you. Before starting your tour, please read the following information:

Illustrations in this documentation might look different from your product. Depending on the model, some optional accessories, features, software programs, and user interface instructions might not be applicable to your computer. Documentation content is subject to change without notice. To get the latest documentation, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2022 iii iv Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 1. Meet your computer Front view ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1 Infrared camera* / Camera Microphone TrackPoint pointing stick Fingerprint reader Trackpad

* for selected models Copyright Lenovo 2022 1 ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 Infrared camera* / Camera Microphone TrackPoint pointing stick Fingerprint reader Speaker Trackpad

* for selected models Related topics Log in with your face ID (for selected models) on page 31 Detect human presence (for selected models) on page 31 Use the touch screen (for selected models) on page 14 Protect your privacy (for selected models) on page 32 2 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Log in with your fingerprint on page 30 Use the TrackPoint pointing device on page 12 Use the trackpad on page 13 Chapter 1. Meet your computer 3 Side view ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1 Security-lock slot USB-C power connector Nano-SIM-card tray Power button Audio connector

* for selected models ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 Security-lock slot USB-C power connector Nano-SIM-card tray Power button 4 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide USB-C power connector SD card reader Audio connector Security-lock slot

* for selected models Related topics on page on page Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) on page 9 Lock the computer on page 29 Chapter 1. Meet your computer 5 Bottom view Speaker (for Z13 Gen 1 only) CAUTION:

When the computer is operating, it should be placed on a hard and flat surface with its bottom area not in contact with users bare skin. Under normal operating conditions, the temperature of the bottom surface will remain within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1, but such temperatures can still be high enough to cause discomfort or harm to the user if directly touched for over one minute at a time. As such, it is recommended that users avoid prolonged direct contact with the bottom of the computer. Note: Some Lenovo computers include a display that can be rotated 360 degrees. When those products are used as a tablet computer, the temperatures of all the accessible parts are within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1. 6 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Features and specifications For detailed specifications of your computer, go to https://psref.lenovo.com and search by product. Memory Double data rate 5 (DDR5), soldered on board, up to 32 GB Storage device For ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1:

One slot, 2242 M.2 solid-state drive, up to 1TB For ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1:

One slot, 2280 M.2 solid-state drive, up to 1TB Audio Dolby Atmos Speaker System Dolby Voice OLED display*

Color display with In-Plane Switching (IPS) technology Display ratio: 16:10 Display resolution: 1920 x 1200 pixels, 2880 x 1800 pixels, or 3840 x 2400 pixels Multi-touch technology*

Display TUV Eye Safe or Eye Comfort certified*

Notes: For non-OLED display with High-Dynamic Range (HDR) function, this function only works under Hybrid Graphics mode. To switch the display setting between Hybrid Graphics mode and Discrete Graphics mode:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Config Display Graphic Devices and follow the on-screen Security features Wireless features

* for selected models instructions. Face authentication*

Human presence detection*

Fingerprint reader*

Glance Privacy Guard*

Glance Privacy Alert*

ePrivacy panel*

Trusted Platform Module (TPM)*

Bluetooth GPS (on wireless WAN model)*

Wireless LAN Wireless WAN (4G or 5G)*

Note: The 4G or 5G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location. Chapter 1. Meet your computer 7 USB specifications Note: Depending on the model, some USB connectors might not be available on your computer. Connector name Description Charge USB-C compatible devices with the output voltage and current of 5 V and 1.5 A. Connect to an external display:

USB-C to VGA: up to 1920 x 1200 pixels, 60 Hz USB-C to DP: up to 5120 x 3200 pixels, 60 Hz Connect to USB-C accessories to help expand your computer functionality. To purchase USB-C accessories, go to https://

www.lenovo.com/accessories. USB-C (3.2 Gen 1) connector USB-C (3.2 Gen 2) connector Statement on USB transfer rate Depending on many factors such as the processing capability of the host and peripheral devices, file attributes, and other factors related to system configuration and operating environments, the actual transfer rate using the various USB connectors on this device will vary and will be slower than the data rate listed below for each corresponding device. USB device 3.2 Gen 1 / 3.1 Gen 1 3.2 Gen 2 / 3.1 Gen 2 3.2 Gen 2 2 Thunderbolt 3 Thunderbolt 4 Data rate (Gbit/s) 5 10 20 40 40 8 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 2. Get started with your computer Access networks This section helps you connect to a wireless or wired network. Connect to Wi-Fi networks Click the network icon in the Windows notification area, and then select a network for connection. Provide required information, if needed. Connect to the wired Ethernet To connect your computer to a local network, you need a Lenovo USB-C to Ethernet Adapter. Lenovo USB-

C to Ethernet Adapter is available as an option and shipped with some computer models. You can purchase one from Lenovo at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) To connect a 4G or 5G cellular data network, you must have a wireless wide area network (WWAN) card and a nano-SIM card installed. The nano-SIM card might come with your computer by countries or regions. If no nano-SIM card is shipped, you will need to purchase one from authorized service carriers. Copyright Lenovo 2022 9 Depending on model, your computer might have no WWAN card installed. For installation procedures of the WWAN card, see Wireless WAN card (for selected models) on page 47. Notes:

The 4G or 5G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location. Network connection speeds might also vary by location, environment, network conditions and other factors. To establish a cellular connection:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Locate the nano-SIM card slot and insert the nano-SIM card as shown. Note the orientation of the card and ensure that it is seated correctly. 3. Turn on the computer. 4. Click the network icon, and then select the cellular network icon from the list. Provide required information, if needed. Turn on the Airplane mode When the Airplane mode is enabled, all wireless features are disabled. 1. Click the action center icon in the Windows notification area. 2. Click Airplane mode to turn on the Airplane mode. Interact with your computer Your computer provides you various ways to navigate the screen. Use the keyboard shortcuts The special keys on the keyboard help you work more effectively. https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500145 Invoke the special function printed as an icon on each key or standard function of F1F12 function keys.

FnLock indicator on: standard function FnLock indicator off: special function Enable / disable speakers 10 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Decrease volume Increase volume Enable / disable microphones Darken display Brighten display Manage external displays Enable / disable airplane mode Open / collapse notification center Answer incoming calls on Microsoft Teams Decline incoming calls on Microsoft Teams Customize the function of this key on the Vantage app Open calculator Enter sleep mode Open Snipping Tool Toggle keyboard backlight (for selected models) Break operation Pause operation Scroll contents Send system request Enter sleep mode To wake up the computer, press Fn or the power button. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 11

Go to beginning Go to end Use the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device enables you to perform all the functions of a traditional mouse, such as pointing, clicking, and scrolling. Use the TrackPoint pointing device TrackPoint pointing stick Use your finger to apply pressure to the pointing-stick nonslip cap in any direction parallel to the keyboard. The pointer on the screen moves accordingly. The higher the pressure applied, the faster the pointer moves. TrackPoint buttons The left-click button and right-click button correspond to the left and right buttons on a traditional mouse. Press and hold the dotted middle button while using your finger to applying pressure to the pointing stick in the vertical or horizontal direction. Then, you can scroll through the document, Web site, or apps. Disable the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Mouse. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to disable TrackPoint. 12 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Replace the pointing-stick nonslip cap Note: Ensure that the new cap has grooves a . Use the trackpad You can use the trackpad to perform all the pointing, clicking, and scrolling functions of a traditional mouse. Use the trackpad Left-click zone Right-click zone Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 13 Use the touch gestures Tap once to select or open an item. Tap twice quickly to display a shortcut menu. Two-finger zoom in or zoom out. Scroll through items. Open the task view to see all open windows. Show the desktop. Notes:

When using two or more fingers, ensure that you position your fingers slightly apart. Some gestures are not available if the last action was done from the TrackPoint pointing device. Some gestures are only available when you are using certain apps. If the trackpad surface is stained with oil, turn off the computer first. Then, gently wipe the trackpad surface with a soft and lint-free cloth moistened with lukewarm water or computer cleaner. For more gestures, see the help information of the pointing device. Disable the trackpad The trackpad is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Touchpad. 2. In the Touchpad section, turn off the Touchpad control. Use the touch screen (for selected models) If your computer display supports the multi-touch function, you can navigate the screen with simple touch gestures. For more touch gestures, refer to https://support.microsoft.com/windows. Note: Some gestures might not be available when you are using certain apps. 14 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Tap once to single click Tap twice quickly to double-click Tap and hold to right-click Slide to scroll through items Zoom out Zoom in Swipe from the left: view all open windows (Windows 10) Swipe from the left: open widget panelWindows 11) Swipe from the right: open notification center (Windows 11) Swipe from the right: open action center (Windows 10) Swipe downwards shortly: show title bar Swipe downwards: close the current app Drag Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 15 Maintenance tips:

Turn off the computer before cleaning the touch screen. Use a dry, soft, and lint-free cloth or a piece of absorbent cotton to remove fingerprints or dust from the touch screen. Do not apply solvents to the cloth. The touch screen is a glass panel covered with a plastic film. Do not apply pressure or place any metallic object on the screen, which might damage the touch panel or cause it to malfunction. Do not use fingernails, gloved fingers, or inanimate objects for input on the screen. Regularly calibrate the accuracy of the finger input to avoid a discrepancy. Connect to an external display Connect your computer to a projector or a monitor to give presentations or expand your workspace. Connect to a wired display If your computer cannot detect the external display, right-click a blank area on the desktop and select display settings. Then follow the on-screen instructions to detect the external display. Supported resolution The following table lists the supported maximum resolution of the external display. Connect the external display to Supported resolution USB-C connector HDMI connector Up to 5K / 60 Hz Up to 4K / 60 Hz Note: The refresh rate higher than 60 Hz can also be supported. If you set the refresh rate higher than 60 Hz, the maximum resolution might be limited. Connect to a wireless display To use a wireless display, ensure that both your computer and the external display support the Miracast feature. Press Windows logo key + K and then select a wireless display to connect with. 16 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Set the display mode Press or and then select a display mode of your preference. Press or and then select a display mode of your preference. Change display settings 1. Right-click a blank area on the desktop and select display settings. 2. Select the display that you want to configure and change display settings of your preference. You can change the settings for both the computer display and the external display. For example, you can define which one is the main display and which one is the secondary display. You also can change the resolution and orientation. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 17 18 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 3. Explore your computer Lenovo apps This section provides introduction to the Vantage and Lenovo Quick Clean apps. The Vantage app The preinstalled Vantage app is a customized one-stop solution to help you maintain your computer with automated updates and fixes, configure hardware settings, and get personalized support. To access the Vantage app, type Vantage in the Windows search box. Key features The Vantage app enables you to:

Know the device status easily and customize device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, firmware, and driver updates to keep your computer up-to-date. Monitor your computer health, and secure your computer against outside threats. Scan your computer hardware and diagnose hardware problems. Look up warranty status (online). Access User Guide and helpful articles. Notes:

The available features vary depending on the computer model. The Vantage app makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience with your computer. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. AI Meeting Manager (for selected models) AI Meeting Manager helps you to be more productive and efficient in intercultural meetings without language barriers. It converts voice to text, makes real-time translation (from voice to text), records audio speech and translated text to help you take meeting minutes. Access the app To access AI Meeting Manager, do one of the following:

Open the Start menu and click AI Meeting Manager. Type AI Meeting Manager in the search box. Translator/Subtitles This function translates voice or audio into on-screen text in real time during meetings. The subtitle function allows you to watch foreign videos with translated subtitle. Copyright Lenovo 2022 19 Voice-to-text This function converts voice to text. Select any typable field (such as document editing area, web site browser input filed, and windows input bar) to input text using voice instead of typing. Editor After a meeting, all audio and translated text are saved in your computer. Open Editor and you can view the record. This function makes it easier to edit meeting minutes. You can copy, search, proofread, export, or delete text, and you also can delete or play audio back. Notes:

To download the latest version of AI Meeting Manager, go to Microsoft Store and search for the app name. The supported features and languages vary depending on the computer model and delivery of countries and regions. AI Meeting Manager makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. Lenovo Smart Appearance (for selected models) Lenovo Smart Appearance is an intelligent camera enhancement and beautification app that helps you to enhance your looks in video calls. This app works with some mainstream video meeting apps, such as Microsoft Teams. Lenovo Smart Appearance enables you to blur/customize your background, smooth your skin effect, and beautify your face effect. To access Lenovo Smart Appearance, type Lenovo Smart Appearance in the Windows search box. Notes:

The available features vary depending on the computer model. Lenovo Smart Appearance makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience with your computer. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. Lenovo Quick Clean Depending on the model, your computer might support the Lenovo Quick Clean feature. The preinstalled Lenovo Quick Clean enables you to temporarily disable the keyboard, screen, trackpad, and TrackPoint pointing device for cleaning. To access Lenovo Quick Clean, do one of the following:

Type Lenovo Quick Clean in the Windows search box. Press Fn and the right Shift key at the same time. To download the latest version of Lenovo Quick Clean, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. 20 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Smart features (for selected models) Your computer might be preinstalled with Glance by Mirametrix. Glance can capture your head movement through camera and makes your computer smarter and more efficient. Access Glance by Mirametrix Type Glance in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Note: If Glance is uninstalled, you can request it through https://support.lenovo.com/contactus. Explore key features Depending on the model, some features might not be available on your computer. Protect privacy Presence Detection: Keep your computer awake when in use and automatically lock the computer when your head moves out of the camera range. Privacy Alert: When a shoulder surfer is detected, an alert icon appears on your computer screen. Privacy Guard: When a shoulder surfer is detected, your screen is blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 21 Smart Display: Blur screens you are not looking at. If you are not facing any screen, all screens are blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. Note: If your computer comes with an ePrivacy screen, it can work with Glance to achieve better privacy protection. For details, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500144. Improve productivity Snap Window: When you select a window on one screen and turn your face to another, the window automatically snaps to the top center of the screen you are facing. Smart Pointer: Relocate the pointer to the screen you are facing. When the pointer moves from one screen to another, it is temporarily drawn large. Note: Snap Window and Smart Pointer only work when your computer is connected to external displays. Ensure that external displays are placed at the same height of your computer. Promote digital wellness Posture check: Remind you to adjust your posture once you hunch toward the screen. 20/20/20 Alert: Remind you to look away from the screen and relax your eyes for 20 seconds every 20 minutes. 22 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Color calibration (for selected models) The factory color calibration feature is available on computer models preinstalled with the X-Rite Color Assistant program. This feature enables you to render color images or graphics on your display close to the original intent as much as possible. For computer with the factory color calibration feature, the color profiles are preinstalled. You can switch between color profiles as desired:

1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Then, right-click

. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to select a profile as desired. Lenovo provides backup color profiles in Lenovo Cloud. You might need to restore or install color profiles in the following situations:

If any color profile is lost or damaged, a window will be displayed to remind you to restore the color profiles. Click Yes in the window prompted, and the color profiles will be restored from Lenovo Cloud automatically. If your display has been replaced by a Lenovo-authorized service provider, do the following to install new color profiles:

1. Connect your computer to the network and close the X-Rite Color Assistant program. 2. Go to C:\Program files (x86)\X-Rite Color Assistant and locate the ProfileUpdaterForDisplayReplacement.exe file. 3. Double-click the EXE file. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to input the display serial number and click Submit. Note: When the new color profiles are installed successfully, a window will be displayed. If you install a new operating system, do the following to reinstall the color profiles:

1. Connect your computer to the network and open the preinstalled X-Rite Color Assistant app. Note: If the app is uninstalled, reinstall it by downloading the installation package from https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/us/en/downloads/DS543953 2. Go to Settings Restore profiles. The app will download and install its unique color profiles from Lenovo cloud automatically. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 23 Intelligent cooling The Intelligent Cooling feature helps you adjust fan speed, computer temperature and performance. This feature works in auto mode by default. Press Fn+T to switch between manual mode and auto mode. Manual mode Quiet mode: the least fan speed Balanced mode: balanced performance and fan speed Performance mode: the highest performance and normal fan speed on ac power on battery power Do the following to select the preferred mode:

1. Click the battery status icon in the Windows notification area. 2. Move the slider to the left or right to select your preferred mode. Auto mode Auto battery mode: Switch between quiet mode and battery mode automatically based on the amount of system activity. Auto performance mode: Switch among quiet mode, balanced mode and performance mode automatically based on the amount of system activity. Manage power Use the information in this section to achieve the best balance between performance and power efficiency. Check the battery status Click the battery icon in the Windows notification area to check the battery status, view the current power plan, change the power mode, and access battery settings quickly. For more details about your battery, refer to the Vantage app. 24 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Charge the computer Use ac power Power source of the ac power adapter:

Power: 65 W, 100 W, or 135 W (depending on the model) Sine-wave input at 50 Hz to 60 Hz Input rating of the ac power adapter: 100 V to 240 V ac, 50 Hz to 60 Hz When the battery power is low, charge your battery by connecting your computer to ac power with the supplied power adapter. The 65 W ac power adapter supports the rapid charge function, the battery is 80%

charged in about one hour when the computer is turned off. The actual charging time depends on the battery size, the physical environment, and whether you are using the computer. Notes: To maximize the life of the battery:

Use the battery until the charge is depleted and recharge the battery completely before using it. Once the battery is fully charged, it must discharge to 94% or lower before it will be allowed to recharge again. The battery may optimize its full charge capacity based on your usage. After prolonged periods of limited use, full battery capacity may not be available until you discharge to as low as 20% and recharge completely. For more information, refer to the power section of the Vantage app. Use P-to-P 2.0 (Peer to Peer 2.0) charging function Both USB-C (Thunderbolt 3) connectors on the computer feature the Lenovo-unique P-to-P 2.0 charging function. To use the function, ensure that Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode are enabled in UEFI BIOS of your computers, so that the function works even when the computers are off or in hibernation mode. To enable Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode:

1. Press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Click Config USB, and then to enable Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode. Note: The actual charging speed of your computer depends on many factors, such as the remaining battery power of the computers, the wattage of the ac power adapter, and whether you are using the computers. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 25 Change the power settings For ENERGY STAR compliant computers, the following power plan takes effect when your computer has been idle for a specified duration:

Turn off the display: After 10 minutes Put the computer to sleep: After 30 minutes To reset the power plan:

1. Right-click the battery status icon and select Power Options. 2. Choose or customize a power plan of your preference. To reset the power button function:

1. Right-click the battery status icon and select Power Options Change what the power buttons do. 2. Change the settings as you prefer. Transfer data Quickly share your files using the built-in Bluetooth or NFC technology among devices with the same features. You also can insert a microSD card or smart card to transfer data. Set up a Bluetooth connection You can connect all types of Bluetooth-enabled devices to your computer, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a smartphone, or speakers. To ensure successful connection, place the devices at most 10 meters (33 feet) from the computer. 1. Type Bluetooth in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Turn on Bluetooth, if it is off. 3. Select a Bluetooth device, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Use an SD card (for ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 only) You can insert an SD card to transfer data. Install or remove an SD card 26 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Attention: Before removing the card:

1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Right-click the icon prompting you to safely remove hardware and eject media. 2. Select the corresponding item to eject the card from the Windows operating system. 3. Press the card and remove it from your computer. Store the card safely for future use. Accessories This section provides instructions on how to use hardware accessories to expand your computer functionalities. Purchase accessories Lenovo has a number of hardware accessories and upgrades to help expand the functionalities of your computer. Options include memory modules, storage devices, network cards, port replicators or docking stations, batteries, power adapters, keyboards, mice, and more. To shop at Lenovo, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 27 28 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information Lock the computer Lock your computer to a desk, table, or other fixtures through a compatible security cable lock. Note: You are responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing the locking device and security feature. Lenovo is not responsible for the locking device and security feature. You can purchase the cable locks at https://smartfind.lenovo.com. Lock your computer to a desk, table, or other fixtures through a compatible security cable lock. Note: The slot supports cable locks that conform to the Kensington MiniSaver lock standards using Cleat locking technology. You are responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing the locking device and security feature. Lenovo is not responsible for the locking device and security feature. You can purchase the cable locks at https://smartfind.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2022 29 Lock your computer to a desk, table, or other fixtures through a compatible security cable lock. Note: The slot supports cable locks that conform to the Kensington MicroSaver lock standards (using T-

bar locking technology) or MiniSaver lock standards (using Cleat locking technology). You are responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing the locking device and security feature. Lenovo is not responsible for the locking device and security feature. You can purchase the cable locks at https://

smartfind.lenovo.com. Log in with your fingerprint The fingerprint reader is integrated with the power button. After enrolling your fingerprint, you can power on and log in to the computer with a simple press on the power button, or unlock the screen with a single touch. It eliminates the need to enter complex passwords, saving your time and boosting your productivity. 1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the fingerprint setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to enroll your fingerprint. Note: It is recommended that you put your finger at the middle of the fingerprint reader during enrollment and enroll more than one fingerprint in case of any injuries to your fingers. After the enrollment, the fingerprints are associated with the Windows password automatically. 3. Log in with your fingerprint. When the fingerprint reader indicator is solid green, tap your finger on the fingerprint reader for authentication. Enroll your fingerprints and unlock computer by scanning your fingerprints on the fingerprint reader. 1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the fingerprint setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to enroll your fingerprint. Note: It is recommended that you put your finger at the middle of the fingerprint reader during enrollment and enroll more than one fingerprint in case of any injuries to your fingers. After the enrollment, the fingerprints are associated with the Windows password automatically. 3. Log in with your fingerprint. 30 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Associate your fingerprints with UEFI BIOS passwords You can associate your fingerprints with your power-on password and hard disk password. See Associate your fingerprints with passwords (for selected models) on page 37. Maintenance tips:

Do not scratch the surface of the reader with anything hard. Do not use or touch the reader with a wet, dirty, wrinkled, or injured finger. Log in with your face ID (for selected models) For models come with a webcam privacy shutter, slide the webcam privacy shutter to uncover the camera lens before using the Windows Hello face recognition. Create your face ID and unlock your computer by scanning your face:

1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the face ID setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to create your face ID. Detect human presence (for selected models) Your computer supports the human presence detection function. Wake up the computer when you are approaching it. With a face ID created, your computer can recognize your face and log in to the system automatically. You need to face the camera and be at most 1.4 meters

(4.6 feet) from the computer. The function does not work when your computer is in hibernation mode or has been turned off. Dim the display and lock the computer when you are leaving. The function does not work if you set the power options to never turn off the display. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 31 The human presence sensor is enabled by default. To change the settings:

Open the Vantage app, and then click Device Smart Assist to turn on or turn off the User Presence Sensing switch. Customize the Zero Touch Login and Zero Touch Lock settings according to your preference. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Select Security Intelligent Security to customize detailed settings. Notes:

These features might not work when your computer is in tent, tablet, or stand mode. If the Airplane mode is enabled, human presence detection is disabled. Your computer uses a human presence sensor to detect your presence and the IR camera to recognize your face. Lenovo does not collect any personal data. For some countries or regions, the human presence sensor is disabled according to local regulations. Protect your privacy (for selected models) Use the ePrivacy screen Your computer might come with an ePrivacy screen. It can reduce screen visibility from side angles to protect screen content against visual hacking. By default, this function is disabled. You can press F12 or Fn

+D to enable it. You will be prompted by the on-screen icon disabled. every time the function is enabled or or Your ePrivacy screen can be automatically enabled in case that you are required to input passwords. By default, this automatic function for passwords is disabled. You can enable it on the Vantage app. The ePrivacy screen also can work with the preinstalled Glance app to better protect your privacy. For details, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500144. Set the privacy level The privacy level of this function varies depending on the screen brightness level, the contrast ratio, and the physical environment where you are using this function. 32 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Press to increase the privacy level. Press to decrease the privacy level. Protect data against power loss (for selected models) NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) M.2 solid-state drive features the Lenovo-unique PLP (Power Loss Protection) function to avoid data loss or damage. If your computer is not responding and you might have to shut down your computer by pressing and holding the power button for several seconds. In this case, the PLP function enables your computer data to be saved timely. However, there is no guarantee that all data is saved in any situation. To check the type of your M.2 solid-state drive:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F10 to enter the Lenovo diagnostics window. 2. On the TOOLS tab, select SYSTEM INFORMATION STORAGE using the arrow keys. 3. Locate the Device Type section to check the information UEFI BIOS passwords You can set passwords in UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) to strengthen the security of your computer. Password types You can set a power-on password, supervisor password, system management password, or hard disk password in UEFI BIOS to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. However, you are not prompted to enter any UEFI BIOS password when your computer resumes from sleep mode. Power-on password If you set a power-on password, a window is displayed on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. Supervisor password The supervisor password protects the system information stored in UEFI BIOS. When entering the UEFI BIOS menu, enter the correct supervisor password in the window prompted. You also can press Enter to skip the password prompt. However, you cannot change most of the system configuration options in UEFI BIOS. If you have set both the supervisor password and power-on password, you can use the supervisor password to access your computer when you turn it on. The supervisor password overrides the power-on password. System management password The system management password can also protect the system information stored in UEFI BIOS like a supervisor password, but it has lower authority by default. The system management password can be set through the UEFI BIOS menu or through Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) with the Lenovo client-management interface. You can enable the system management password to have the same authority as the supervisor password to control security-related features. To customize the authority of the system management password through the UEFI BIOS menu:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password System Management Password Access Control. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 33 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you have set both the supervisor password and the system management password, the supervisor password overrides the system management password. If you have set both the system management password and the power-on password, the system management password overrides the power-on password. Hard disk passwords The hard disk password prevents unauthorized access to the data on the storage drive. When a hard disk password is set, you are prompted to type a correct password each time you try to access the storage drive. User hard disk password only When a user hard disk password is set without a master hard disk password, the user must enter the user hard disk password to access files and applications on the storage drive. Master hard disk password + User hard disk password The master hard disk password is set and used by a system administrator. It enables the administrator to access any storage drive in a system or any computer connected in the same network. The administrator can also assign a user hard disk password for each computer in the network. The user of the computer can change the user hard disk password as desired, but only the administrator can remove the user hard disk password. When prompted to enter a hard disk password, press F1 to switch between the master hard disk password and user hard disk password. Notes: The hard disk password is not available in the following situations:

A Trusted Computing Group (TCG) Opal-compliant storage drive and a TCG Opal management software program are installed in the computer, and the TCG Opal management software program is activated. An eDrive storage drive is installed in the computer preinstalled with the Windows operating system. Set, change, or remove a password Before you start, print these instructions. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password by using the arrow keys. 3. Select the password type. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to set, change, or remove a password. You should record all your passwords and store them in a safe place. If you forget any of your passwords, any potential repair actions required are not covered under warranty. What to do if you forget your power-on password If you forget your power-on password, do the following to remove the power-on password:

If you have set a supervisor password or a system management password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password or the system management password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password Power-On Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password or the system management password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 34 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password or a system management password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the power-on password removed. What to do if you forget your system management password If you forget your system management password, do the following to remove the system management password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password System Management Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system management password removed. What to do if you forget your hard disk password If you forget your user hard disk password or both user and master hard disk passwords, there is no service procedure to remove the password or recover data from the storage drive. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the storage drive replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. If the storage drive is a CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), you can also contact Lenovo to purchase a new storage drive to replace the old one by yourself. To check whether the storage drive is a CRU and the relevant replacement procedure, see Chapter 6 CRU replacement on page 43. What to do if you forget your supervisor password If you forget your supervisor password, there is no service procedure to remove the password. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system board replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. Password types You can set a power-on password, supervisor password, system management password, or NVMe password in UEFI BIOS to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. However, you are not prompted to enter any UEFI BIOS password when your computer resumes from sleep mode. Power-on password If you set a power-on password, a window is displayed on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. Supervisor password The supervisor password protects the system information stored in UEFI BIOS. When entering the UEFI BIOS menu, enter the correct supervisor password in the window prompted. You also can press Enter to skip the password prompt. However, you cannot change most of the system configuration options in UEFI BIOS. If you have set both the supervisor password and power-on password, you can use the supervisor password to access your computer when you turn it on. The supervisor password overrides the power-on password. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 35 System management password The system management password can also protect the system information stored in UEFI BIOS like a supervisor password, but it has lower authority by default. The system management password can be set through the UEFI BIOS menu or through Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) with the Lenovo client-management interface. You can enable the system management password to have the same authority as the supervisor password to control security-related features. To customize the authority of the system management password through the UEFI BIOS menu:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password System Management Password Access Control. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you have set both the supervisor password and the system management password, the supervisor password overrides the system management password. If you have set both the system management password and the power-on password, the system management password overrides the power-on password. NVMe passwords The NVMe password prevents unauthorized access to the data on the storage drive. When an NVMe password is set, you are prompted to type a correct password each time you try to access the storage drive. Single Password When a Single NVMe password is set, the user must enter the user NVMe password to access files and applications on the storage drive. Dual Password (User + Admin) The admin NVMe password is set and used by a system administrator. It enables the administrator to access any storage drive in a system or any computer connected in the same network. The administrator can also assign a user NVMe password for each computer in the network. The user of the computer can change the user NVMe password as desired, but only the administrator can remove the user NVMe password. When prompted to enter an NVMe password, press F1 to switch between the admin NVMe password and user NVMe password. Notes: The NVMe password is not available in the following situations:

A Trusted Computing Group (TCG) Opal-compliant storage drive and a TCG Opal management software program are installed in the computer, and the TCG Opal management software program is activated. An eDrive storage drive is installed in the computer preinstalled with the Windows operating system. Set, change, and remove a password Before you start, print these instructions. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password by using the arrow keys. 3. Select the password type. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to set, change, or remove a password. You should record all your passwords and store them in a safe place. If you forget any of your passwords, any potential repair actions required are not covered under warranty. 36 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide What to do if you forget your power-on password If you forget your power-on password, do the following to remove the power-on password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password Power-On Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the power-on password removed. What to do if you forget your NVMe password If you forget your NVMe password (Single password) or both user and admin NVMe passwords (Dual password), Lenovo cannot reset your passwords or recover data from the storage drive. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the storage drive replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. If the storage drive is a CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), you can also contact Lenovo to purchase a new storage drive to replace the old one by yourself. To check whether the storage drive is a CRU and the relevant replacement procedure, see Chapter 6 CRU replacement on page 43. What to do if you forget your supervisor password If you forget your supervisor password, there is no service procedure to remove the password. You have to contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system board replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. What to do if you forget your system management password If you forget your system management password, do the following to remove the system management password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password System Management Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system management password removed. Associate your fingerprints with passwords (for selected models) Do the following to associate your fingerprints with the power-on password and hard disk password:

1. Turn off and then turn on the computer. 2. When prompted, scan your finger on the fingerprint reader. 3. Enter your power-on password, hard disk password, or both as required. The association is established. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 37 When you start the computer again, you can use your fingerprints to log in to the computer without entering your Windows password, power-on password, or hard disk password. To change settings, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu, and then select Security Fingerprint. Attention: If you always use your fingerprint to log in to the computer, you might forget your passwords. Write down your passwords, and keep them in a safe place. 38 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings UEFI BIOS UEFI BIOS is the first program that the computer runs. When the computer turns on, UEFI BIOS performs a self test to make sure that various devices in the computer are functioning. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface You can navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface by pressing the following keys:

F1: General Help F9: Setup Defaults F10: Save and Exit F5 / F6: Change boot priority order or PgUp / PgDn: Select / Scroll page

: Move keyboard focus Esc: Back / Close dialog Enter: Select / Open submenu Set the system date and time 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Date/Time and set the system date and time as desired. 3. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Change the startup sequence 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Startup Boot. Then, press Enter. The default device order list is displayed. Note: No bootable device is displayed if the computer cannot start from any devices or the operating system cannot be found. 3. Set the startup sequence as desired. 4. Press F10 to save the changes and exit. To change the startup sequence temporarily:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F12. 2. Select the device that you want the computer to start from and press Enter. Update UEFI BIOS When you install a new program, device driver, or hardware component, you might need to update UEFI BIOS. Copyright Lenovo 2022 39 Download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. If the latest UEFI BIOS update package is available, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the package. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package. To know more about UEFI BIOS, visit Knowledge Base of your computer at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Install a Windows operating system and drivers This section provides instructions on installing a Windows operating system and device drivers. Install a Windows operating system Microsoft constantly makes updates to the Windows operating system. Before installing a particular Windows version, check the compatibility list for the Windows version. For details, go to https://

support.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/windows-support. Attention:

It is recommended that you update your operating system through official channels. Any unofficial update might cause security risks. The process of installing a new operating system deletes all the data on your internal storage drive, including the data stored in a hidden folder. 1. If you are using the Windows BitLocker Drive Encryption feature and your computer has a Trusted Platform Module, ensure that you have disabled the feature. 2. Ensure that the security chip is set to Active. a. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. b. Select Security Security Chip and press Enter. The Security Chip submenu opens. c. Ensure that the security chip for TPM 2.0 is set to Active. d. Press F10 to save the settings and exit. 3. Connect the drive that contains the operating system installation program to the computer. 4. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 5. Select Startup Boot to display the Boot Priority Order submenu. 6. Select the drive that contains the operating system installation program, for example, USB HDD. Then, press Esc. Attention: After you change the startup sequence, ensure that you select the correct device during a copy, a save, or a format operation. If you select the wrong device, the data on that device might be erased or overwritten. 7. Select Restart and ensure that OS Optimized Defaults is enabled. Then, press F10 to save the settings and exit. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the device drivers and necessary programs. 9. After installing the device drivers, apply Windows Update to get the latest updates, for example the security patches. 40 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Install device drivers You should download the latest driver for a component when you notice poor performance from that component or when you added a component. This action might eliminate the driver as the potential cause of a problem. Download and install the latest driver by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. Select the update packages you want, and then follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the packages. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install necessary drivers and software. Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings 41 42 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 6. CRU replacement Customer Replaceable Units (CRUs) are parts that can be upgraded or replaced by the customer. The computers contain the following types of CRUs:

Self-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be installed or replaced easily by customer themselves or by trained service technicians at an additional cost. Optional-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be installed or replaced by customers with a greater skill level. Trained service technicians can also provide service to install or replace the parts under the type of warranty designated for the customers machine. If you intend on installing a CRU, Lenovo will ship the CRU to you. CRU information and replacement instructions are shipped with your product and are available from Lenovo at any time upon request. You might be required to return the defective part that is replaced by the CRU. When return is required: (1) return instructions, a prepaid shipping label, and a container will be included with the replacement CRU; and (2) you might be charged for the replacement CRU if Lenovo does not receive the defective CRU within thirty (30) days of your receipt of the replacement CRU. For full details, see the Lenovo Limited Warranty documentation at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. CRU list The following is a list of CRUs of your computer. Self-service CRUs ac power adapter Power cord Removable battery ThinkPad Pen Pro*

Optional-service CRUs Base cover assembly Coin-cell battery Keyboard Memory module Storage drive Wireless LAN card Note: The wireless LAN card in your computer is preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited from replacing it with another wireless module or removing it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized service personnel. Wireless WAN card*

* for selected models Note: Replacement of any parts not listed above, including the built-in rechargeable battery, must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/partnerlocation for more information. Copyright Lenovo 2022 43 Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery Before replacing any CRU, ensure that you disable Fast Startup first and then disable the built-in battery. To disable Fast Startup:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. 2. Click Power Options, and then click Choose what the power buttons do on the left pane. 3. Click Change settings that are currently unavailable at the top. 4. If prompted by User Account Control (UAC), click Yes. 5. Clear the Turn on fast startup check box, and then click Save changes. To disable the built-in battery:

1. Restart your computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Config Power. The Power submenu is displayed. 3. Select Disable Built-in Battery and press Enter. 4. Select Yes in the Setup Confirmation window. The built-in battery is disabled and the computer turns off automatically. Wait three to five minutes to let the computer cool. Replace a CRU Follow the replacement procedure to replace a CRU. Removable battery Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. This system supports only batteries specially designed for this specific system and manufactured by Lenovo or an authorized builder. The system does not support unauthorized batteries or batteries designed for other systems. If an unauthorized battery or a battery designed for another system is installed, the system does not charge and the following message is displayed:

"The battery installed is not supported by this system and will not charge. Replace the battery with the correct Lenovo battery for this system."

Attention: Lenovo has no responsibility for the performance or safety of unauthorized batteries, and provides no warranties for failures or damage arising out of their use. 44 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide DANGER If the rechargeable battery is incorrectly replaced, there is danger of an explosion. The battery contains a small amount of harmful substances. To avoid possible injury:

Replace only with a battery of the type recommended by Lenovo. Keep the battery away from fire. Do not expose it to excessive heat. Do not expose it to water or rain. Do not short-circuit it. Do not drop, crush, puncture, or subject to strong forces. Battery abuse or mishandling can cause the battery to overheat, which can cause gasses or flame to "vent" from the battery. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. Removal procedure Base cover assembly Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Notes: Do not remove the base cover assembly in the following situations. Otherwise, there might be a risk of short circuits. When your computer has the removable battery installed When your computer is connected to ac power For access, do the following:

Chapter 6. CRU replacement 45 1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn over the computer. 4. Remove the removable battery. See Removable battery on page 44. Removal procedure 46 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Installation procedure Troubleshooting If the computer does not start up after you reinstall the base cover assembly, disconnect the ac power adapter and then reconnect it to the computer. Wireless WAN card (for selected models) The following information is only for the computer with user-installable modules. The following information is only for the computer with user-installable modules. Ensure that you use only a Lenovo-authorized wireless module specifically tested for this computer model. Otherwise, the computer will generate an error-code beep sequence when you turn on the computer. Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention: Do not touch the contact edge of the wireless WAN card. Otherwise, the wireless WAN card might get damaged. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the removable battery. See Removable battery on page 44. 5. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 45. Removal procedure Note: A Mylar film might cover the wireless WAN card. To access the wireless WAN card, peel off the film first. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 47 Memory module Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention: Do not touch the contact edge of the memory module. Otherwise, the memory module might get damaged. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the removable battery. See Removable battery on page 44. 5. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 45. Removal procedure 48 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Installation procedure Internal storage drive Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention: The internal storage drive is sensitive. Inappropriate handling might cause damage and permanent loss of data. When handling the internal storage drive, observe the following guidelines:

Replace the internal storage drive only for upgrade or repair. The internal storage drive is not designed for frequent changes or replacement. Before replacing the internal storage drive, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. Do not touch the contact edge of the internal storage drive. Otherwise, the internal storage drive might get damaged. Do not apply pressure to the internal storage drive. Do not make the internal storage drive subject to physical shocks or vibration. Put the internal storage drive on a soft material, such as cloth, to absorb physical shocks. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the removable battery. See Removable battery on page 44. 5. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 45. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 49 Removal procedure 50 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide 2242 M.2 solid-state drive Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention:

If you replace a M.2 solid-state drive, you might need to install a new operating system. For details on how to install a new operating system, see on page . If your computer is installed with the color profiles, you need to reinstall the color profiles after installing a new operating system, see Use the factory color calibration feature (for selected models) on page 23. If your computer is installed with a hybrid solid-state drive (with Intel Optane memory), go to https://

support.lenovo.com/docs/tg_ssd to know the details on how to replace it. The M.2 solid-state drive is sensitive. Inappropriate handling might cause damage and permanent loss of data. When handling the M.2 solid-state drive, observe the following guidelines:

Replace the M.2 solid-state drive only for upgrade or repair. The M.2 solid-state drive is not designed for frequent changes or replacement. Before replacing the M.2 solid-state drive, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. Do not apply pressure to the M.2 solid-state drive. Do not touch the contact edge or circuit board of the M.2 solid-state drive. Otherwise, the M.2 solid-state drive might get damaged. Do not make the M.2 solid-state drive subject to physical shocks or vibration. Put the M.2 solid-state drive on a soft material, such as cloth, to absorb physical shocks. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 51 Your computer has two M.2-solid-state-drive slots. When you configure the M.2-solid-state-drive slot in the UEFI BIOS menu, ensure that you select the correct menu item. Slot a : ATA HDD2 or NVMe0 Slot b : ATA HDD3 or NVMe1 For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the bottom cover. See Base cover assembly on page 45. 52 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Removal procedure Speaker assembly Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the removable battery. See Removable battery on page 44. 5. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 45. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 53 Removal procedure Coin-cell battery Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the removable battery. See Removable battery on page 44. 5. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 45. 54 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Removal procedure Keyboard Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 44. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. Removal procedure Note: You might be instructed to slide the keyboard frame forward or backward in some of the following steps. In this case, ensure that you do not press or hold the keys while sliding the keyboard frame. Otherwise, the keyboard frame cannot be moved. 1. Take the tool out of the new keyboard package. Insert the tabs a and b into the slot between the TrackPoint buttons and the trackpad 1 . Slightly pivot the tool downward 2 to release the left and right TrackPoint buttons. Then, remove the two Trackpoint buttons 3 . Chapter 6. CRU replacement 55 2. Loosen the screws that secure the keyboard. 3. Insert the tabs c and d into the two dents near the two screw heads as shown. 56 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide 4. Pivot the tool in the direction as shown to release the keyboard 1 . Push the keyboard in the direction as shown by arrows 2 to release the latches from the keyboard bezel. 5. Pivot the keyboard slightly upward 1 and then turn over the keyboard 2 . 6. Put the keyboard on the palm rest as shown and detach the connectors. Then, remove the keyboard. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 57 Installation procedure Note: You might be instructed to slide the keyboard frame forward or backward in some of the following steps. In this case, ensure that you do not press or hold the keys while sliding the keyboard frame. Otherwise, the keyboard frame cannot be moved. 1. Attach the connectors and then turn over the keyboard. 2. Insert the keyboard into the keyboard bezel as shown. Ensure that the top edge of the keyboard (the edge that is close to the display) is under the keyboard bezel. 3. Slide the keyboard in the direction as shown. Ensure that the latches are secured under the keyboard frame. 58 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide 4. Tighten the screws to secure the keyboard. 5. Take the new TrackPoint buttons out of the new keyboard package. Install the TrackPoint buttons as shown. 6. Connect the ac power adapter and all disconnected cables to the computer. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 59 60 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Chapter 7. Help and support Frequently asked questions How do I access Control Panel?

Type Control Panel in the Windows search box and then press Enter. How do I turn off my computer?

Open the Start menu and click Power. Then, click Shut down. How do I partition my storage drive?

https://support.lenovo.com/solutions/ht503851 What do I do if my computer stops responding?

What do I do if I spill liquid on the computer?

1. Press and hold the power button until the computer turns off. Then, restart the computer. 2. If step 1 does not work:

For models with an emergency reset hole: Insert a straightened paper clip into the emergency reset hole to cut off power supply temporarily. Then, restart the computer with ac power connected. For models without an emergency reset hole:

For models with the removable battery, remove the removable battery and disconnect all power sources. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. For models with the built-in battery, disconnect all power sources. Press and hold the power button for about seven seconds. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. 1. Carefully unplug the ac power adapter and turn off the computer immediately. The more quickly you stop the current from passing through the computer the more likely you will reduce damage from short circuits. Attention: Although you might lose some data or work by turning off the computer immediately, leaving the computer on might make your computer unusable. 2. Do not try to drain out the liquid by turning over the computer. If your computer has keyboard drainage holes on the bottom, the liquid will be drained out through the holes. 3. Wait until you are certain that all the liquid is dry before turning on your computer. How do I enter the UEFI BIOS menu?

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Where can I get the latest device drivers and UEFI BIOS?

From the Vantage app. See Install a Windows operating system and drivers on page 40 and Update UEFI BIOS on page 39. Download from Lenovo Support Web site at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2022 61 Error messages If you see a message that is not included in the following table, record the error message first, then shut down the computer and call Lenovo for help. See Lenovo Customer Support Center on page 66. Message Solution 0190: Critical low-battery error The computer turned off because the battery power is low. Connect the ac power adapter to the computer and charge the batteries. 0191: System Security - Invalid remote change requested The system configuration change has failed. Confirm the operation and try again. 0199: System Security - Security password retry count exceeded. This message is displayed when you enter a wrong supervisor password more than three times. Confirm the supervisor password and try again. 0271: Check Date and Time settings. The date or the time is not set in the computer. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu and set the date and time. 210x/211x: Detection/Read error on HDDx/SSDx The storage drive is not working. Reinstall the storage drive. If the problem still exists, replace the storage drive. Note:

This error indicates that the operating system or programs cannot create, modify, or delete data in the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage due to insufficient storage space after POST. The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is used by the UEFI BIOS and by the operating system or programs. This error occurs when the operating system or programs store large amounts of data in the variable storage. All data needed for POST, such as UEFI BIOS setup settings, chipset, or platform configuration data, are stored in a separate UEFI variable storage. Press F1 after the error message is displayed to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. A dialog asks for confirmation to clean up the storage. If you select Yes, all data that were created by the operating system or programs will be deleted except global variables defined by the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification. If you select No, all data will be kept, but the operating system or programs will not be able to create, modify, or delete data in the storage. If this error happens at a service center, Lenovo authorized service personnel will clean up the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage using the preceding solution. The thermal fan might not work correctly. After the error message is displayed, press ESC within five seconds to start up the computer with limited performance. Otherwise, the computer will shut down immediately. If the problem still exists when you starts up next time, have your computer serviced. Error: The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is nearly full. Fan error. Press ESC to startup with limited performance. 62 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Beep errors Lenovo SmartBeep technology enables you to decode beep errors with your smartphone when a black screen occurs with beeps from your computer. To decode the beep error with Lenovo SmartBeep technology:

1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/smartbeep or scan the following QR Code. 2. Download the proper diagnostic app and install it on your smartphone. 3. Run the diagnostic app and place the smartphone near the computer. 4. Press Fn on your computer to emit the beep again. The diagnostic app decodes the beep error and shows possible solutions on the smartphone. Note: Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or product documentation. Only use a Lenovo-authorized service provider to repair your product. Chapter 7. Help and support 63 Self-help resources Use the following self-help resources to learn more about the computer and troubleshoot problems. Resources How to access?

Troubleshooting and FAQ https://www.lenovo.com/tips https://forums.lenovo.com Accessibility information https://www.lenovo.com/accessibility Use Lenovo recovery options. 1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/

HowToCreateLenovoRecovery. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Use Windows recovery options. 1. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. 2. Detect your computer or manually select your computer model. 3. Click Diagnostics Operating System Diagnostics and then follow the on-screen instructions. Type Vantage in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Then, follow the on-

screen instructions to filter out the documentation you want. Reset or restore Windows Use the Vantage app to:

Configure device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, drivers, and firmware updates. Secure your computer from outside threats. Diagnose hardware problems. Check the computer warranty status. Access User Guide and helpful articles. Note: The available features vary depending on the computer model. Product documentation:

Safety and Warranty Guide Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Setup Guide This User Guide Regulatory Notice 64 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Resources How to access?

Lenovo Support Web site with the latest support information of the following:

Drivers and software Diagnostic solutions Product and service warranty Product and parts details Knowledge base and frequently asked questions https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Windows help information Windows label Open the Start menu and click Get Help or Tips. Use Windows Search or the Cortana personal assistant. Microsoft support Web site: https://

support.microsoft.com Your computer might have a Windows Genuine Microsoft label affixed to its cover depending on the following factors:

Your geographic location Edition of Windows that is preinstalled Go to https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/howtotell/Hardware.aspx for illustrations of the various types of Genuine Microsoft labels. In the Peoples Republic of China, the Genuine Microsoft label is required on all computer models preinstalled with any edition of the Windows operating system. In other countries and regions, the Genuine Microsoft label is required only on computer models licensed for Windows Pro editions. The absence of a Genuine Microsoft label does not indicate that the preinstalled Windows version is not genuine. For details on how to tell whether your preinstalled Windows product is genuine, refer to the information provided by Microsoft at https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/howtotell/default.aspx. There are no external, visual indicators of the Product ID or Windows version for which the computer is licensed. Instead, the Product ID is recorded in the computer firmware. Whenever a Windows product is installed, the installation program checks the computer firmware for a valid, matching Product ID to complete the activation. In some cases, an earlier Windows version might be preinstalled under the terms of the Windows Pro edition license downgrade rights. Call Lenovo If you have tried to correct the problem yourself and still need help, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center. Before you contact Lenovo Prepare the following before you contact Lenovo:

1. Record the problem symptoms and details:

Chapter 7. Help and support 65 What is the problem? Is it continuous or intermittent?

Any error message or error code?

What operating system are you using? Which version?

Which software applications were running at the time of the problem?

Can the problem be reproduced? If so, how?

2. Record the system information:

Product name Machine type and serial number The following illustration shows where to find the machine type and serial number of your computer. Lenovo Customer Support Center During the warranty period, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center for help. Telephone numbers For a list of the Lenovo Support phone numbers for your country or region, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist for the latest phone numbers. Note: Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. If the number for your country or region is not provided, contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative. Services available during the warranty period Problem determination - Trained personnel are available to assist you with determining if you have a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the problem. Lenovo hardware repair - If the problem is determined to be caused by Lenovo hardware under warranty, trained service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service. Engineering change management - Occasionally, there might be changes that are required after a product has been sold. Lenovo or your reseller, if authorized by Lenovo, will make selected Engineering Changes

(ECs) that apply to your hardware available. 66 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Services not covered Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for or by Lenovo or nonwarranted parts Identification of software problem sources Configuration of UEFI BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade Changes, modifications, or upgrades to device drivers Installation and maintenance of network operating systems (NOS) Installation and maintenance of programs For the terms and conditions of the Lenovo Limited Warranty that apply to your Lenovo hardware product, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantylookup Purchase additional services During and after the warranty period, you can purchase additional services from Lenovo at https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantyupgrade. Service availability and service name might vary by country or region. Chapter 7. Help and support 67 68 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Appendix A. Compliance information For compliance information, refer to Regulatory Notice at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and Generic Safety and Compliance Notices at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/docs/generic_notices. Certification-related information Product name Compliance ID Machine type(s) ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1 ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1 LTE ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 LTE 1 for India only TP00140A TP00140A01 TP00140A11 TP00141A TP00141A01 TP00141A11 TP00141A21 TP00141A31 21D2 and 21D3 21D4 and 21D5 Further compliance information related to your product is available at https://www.lenovo.com/compliance. Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas Your computer has an UltraConnect wireless antenna system. You can enable wireless communication wherever you are. For models with Wireless-WAN card 1 Wireless LAN antenna (main) and Wireless WAN antenna (auxiliary, for selected models) 2 Wireless LAN antenna (auxiliary) and Wireless WAN antenna (main, for selected models) Copyright Lenovo 2022 69 For models without Wireless-WAN card 1 Wireless LAN antenna (main) 2 Wireless LAN antenna (auxiliary) Operating environment Maximum altitude (without pressurization) 3048 m (10 000 ft) Temperature Operating: 5C to 35C (41F to 95F) Storage and transportation in original shipping packaging: -20C to 60C (-4F to 140F) Storage without packaging: 5C to 43C (41F to 109F) Note: When you charge the battery, its temperature must be no lower than 10C (50F). Relative humidity Operating: 8% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 23C (73F) Storage and transportation: 5% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 27C (81F) 70 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide Appendix B. Notices and trademarks Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent programs covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

Lenovo (United States), Inc. 8001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. Changes are made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. To provide better service, Lenovo reserves the right to improve and/or modify the products and software programs described in the manuals included with your computer, and the content of the manual, at any time without additional notice. The software interface and function and hardware configuration described in the manuals included with your computer might not match exactly the actual configuration of the computer that you purchase. For the configuration of the product, refer to the related contract (if any) or product packing list, or consult the distributor for the product sales. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Copyright Lenovo 2022 71 Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. This document is copyrighted by Lenovo and is not covered by any open source license, including any Linux agreement(s) which may accompany software included with this product. Lenovo may update this document at any time without notice. For the latest information or any questions or comments, contact or visit the Lenovo Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD, THINKPAD logo, TRACKPOINT, and ULTRACONNECT are trademarks of Lenovo. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft, Microsoft Teams, Windows, BitLocker, and Cortana are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Mini DisplayPort (mDP) and DisplayPort are trademarks of the Video Electronics Standards Association. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. USB-C is a registered trademark of USB Implementers Forum. Wi-Fi and Miracast are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 72 Z13 Gen 1 and Z16 Gen 1User Guide

Regulatory Notice Read this first Read this document before using your computer. This computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Install and use your computer according to the following instructions. The latest Regulatory Notice manual is available on the Lenovo Web site. To download the manual, go to https://support.lenovo.com and then follow the on-screen instructions. Lisez ce document avant d'utiliser votre ordinateur. Cette ordinateur est conforme aux normes de frquence radio et de scurit du pays ou de la rgion o son utilisation sans fil est autorise. Installez et utilisez votre ordinateur en vous conformant aux instructions ci-dessous. La dernire version du manuel Regulatory Notice est disponible sur le site Web de Lenovo. Pour tlcharger le document, rendez-vous sur https://support.lenovo.com et suivez les instructions l'cran. First Edition (April 2022) Copyright Lenovo 2022. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

. . . . . . . Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada . . . . . . 1 USA - Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) . . . . FCC RF exposure compliance . . . Emergency Calls

. . . Simultaneous use of RF transmitters . Radio Frequency interference requirements . . . 1

. 1

. 2

. 2

. 2

. 2

. 2

. Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC certification number

. . Low power license-exempt radio

. . communication devices (RSS-247) Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) . . . Canada - Industrie Canada (IC) . Numro de certification IC . Permis d'mission faible puissance - Cas des appareils de radio-communication (CNR-

247)

. . . Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) . . . Electromagnetic emission notices. . Usage environment and your health . . . Precautions against electrostatic discharges (ESD)

. . in inserting or removing the nano-SIM card . 3

. 3

. 3

. 3

. 4

. 4

. 5

. 5

. 5

. . . . . . Chapter 2. Notice for users in Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

. 7

. . LAN

. . . . . WAN

() Body SAR . 7

. 8

. . . . . . . 8

. 9

. Chapter 3. European Union (EU) /

United Kingdom (UK) Compliance. . . 11

. 11 UK declaration of conformity. . 11 EU declaration of conformity . . 11

. . Bulgarian . 11

. . Croatian . . . . . . . . . . . . . Czech . . Danish . . Dutch . . Estonian. . Finnish . . French . . German . . Greek . . Hungarian . . Italian . . Latvian . . Lithuanian . . Norwegian . Polish. . Portuguese . . . Romanian . . Slovakian . . Slovenian . . Spanish . . Swedish. . Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

. 12

. 12

. 12

. 12

. 12

. 12

. 12

. 13

. 13

. 13

. 13

. 13

. 13

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. . . . . . . 17

. 17

. . . Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Notice for users in Argentina (Nota para uso en Argentina) . . Notice for users in Brazil (Aviso para usuarios no Brasil)

. . . Notice for Users in Chile (Nota para Uso en

. . Chile) . . Notice for users in India. . . Notice for users in Mexico (Nota para uso en

. . . Mexico) . . . . Notice for users in Morocco . . . Notice for users in Nigeria . . Notice for users in Pakistan . . . Notice for users in Saudi Arabia . . Notice for users in Serbia . . . Notice for users in South Africa . . . . Notice for users in Taiwan . . . Notice for users in the UAE . 18

. 18

. 20

. 20

. 22

. 24

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 18

. 18

. . Chapter 5. Trademarks . . . . . . . . 27 Copyright Lenovo 2022 i ii Regulatory Notice About this manual This manual contains regulatory information for ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1 (compliance ID: TP00140A) and ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 (compliance ID: TP00141A). The following wireless modules are supported:

WLAN/Bluetooth combo module MT7922 WLAN/Bluetooth combo module NFA725A WWAN module L860-GL-16 WWAN module EM05-G Copyright Lenovo 2022 iii iv Regulatory Notice Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This computer contains the following wireless devices and underwent the certification process of FCC CFR 47 Part 2 section 1093, Part 15 Subpart C, Subpart F, and Subpart E, Part 27, Part 22 Subpart H, Part 24 Subpart E, Part 90 and Part 96 under each respective FCC ID below. FCC ID: RAS-MT7922A12L Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7922) FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: NFA725A) FCC ID: ZMOL860GL16 TP00140A with wireless WAN module L860-GL-16 FCC ID: XMR2021EM05G TP00140A with wireless WAN module EM05-G FCC ID: ZMOL860GL16 TP00141A with wireless WAN module L860-GL-16 FCC ID: XMR2021EM05G TP00141A with wireless WAN module EM05-G You can find the FCC certification information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, do one of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. The E-label screen is displayed. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. The wireless modules in your computer are preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited to replace with other wireless adapter nor remove it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. FCC RF exposure compliance The radiated output power of your computer is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, it should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of your computer. CAUTION:

The total radiated energy from the antennas connected to the installed wireless modules conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement, regarding 47 CFR Part 2 Section 1093, when the computer was tested in either conventional notebook or tablet computer orientations. Copyright Lenovo 2022 1 To know the location of transmission antennas for the Wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module and the wireless WAN module, see Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas in the User Guide. Emergency Calls The wireless WAN module does not support voice calls, hence their use for essential communication is not possible, including emergency calls regarding the E911 rule. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your computer is approved for simultaneous use of the integrated wireless modules. Make sure of the following conditions when you use any other external wireless option device:

When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the RF Safety requirement and is approved to use for your computer. You must follow the RF Safety instructions of wireless option devices that are included in the user manual of the RF option device. If wireless options are prohibited to use in conjunction with another transmitters, you must turn off all other wireless features in your computer. Radio Frequency interference requirements When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11a/n/ac/ax transmission mode, note that high power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5250 to 5350 MHz and 5650 to 5850 MHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC certification number Your computer contains the following wireless devices and the IC certification number is as below. FCC ID: 7542A-MT7922A12L Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7922) FCC ID: 5903G-QCNFA725 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: NFA725A) FCC ID: 21374-L860GL16 TP00140A with wireless WAN module L860-GL-16 FCC ID: 10224A-XMR2021EM05G TP00140A with wireless WAN module EM05-G FCC ID: 21374-L860GL16 TP00141A with wireless WAN module L860-GL-16 FCC ID: 10224A-XMR2021EM05G TP00141A with wireless WAN module EM05-G You can find the IC certification information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer 2 Regulatory Notice To access the E-label screen, do one of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. The E-label screen is displayed. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. The preinstalled wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module also has been tested and found to comply with the limits regarding IC RSS-247, Low-power Licence-exempt Radio communication Devices. The wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module and the wireless WAN module are preinstalled by Lenovo, and are not removable by you. You are prohibited to replace it with any other wireless features. If the wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module or the wireless WAN module requires replacement during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. Low power license-exempt radio communication devices (RSS-247) Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause interference. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. When you use a wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module in the 802.11a/n/ac/ax transmission mode, note that the devices for the band 51505250 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) The computer employs low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canada's Web site at:

http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

The radiated energy from the antennas connected to the wireless modules conforms to the Canada Portable RF exposure limit regarding IC RSS-102 Issue 5, Section 4 set forth for an uncontrolled environment, and are safe for intended operation in the conventional setting. Further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Canada - Industrie Canada (IC) Numro de certification IC Votre ordinateur contient les priphriques sans fil suivants et le numro de certification IC indiqu ci-

dessous. IC: 7542A-MT7922A12L Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : MT7922) IC: 5903G-QCNFA725 Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : NFA725A) IC: 21374-L860GL16 TP00111A avec module sans fil WAN L860-GL-16 Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 3 IC: 10224A-XMR2021EM05G TP00111A avec module sans fil WAN EM05-G IC: 21374-L860GL16 TP00111A avec module sans fil WAN L860-GL-16 IC: 10224A-XMR2021EM05G TP00111A avec module sans fil WAN EM05-G Vous trouverez les informations relatives aux numros de certification IC via l'une des mthodes suivantes:

Sur une tiquette physique appose l'extrieur du carton d'emballage de l'ordinateur Via un cran d'tiquette lectronique (cran de l'E-label) prinstall sur votre ordinateur Pour accder l'cran de l'E-label, procdez comme suit:

Redmarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque l'cran d'accueil du logiciel s'affiche, appuyez sur la touche F9. L'cran de l'E-label s'affiche. Redmarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque le logo s'affiche, appuyez sur Entre ou touchez l'invite pour entrer dans le menu Startup Interrupt. Appuyez sur F9 ou touchez l'option Informations rglementaires. L'cran de l'E-label s'affiche. Le module combin rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth prinstall a t test et dclar conforme aux limites des appareils de radio-communication basse tension IC CNR-247 sans licence d'utilisation. Le module combin rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth et le module rseau local sans fil sont prinstalls par Lenovo et ne peuvent pas tre retirs par l'utilisateur. Vous ne devez pas la remplacer par une autre fonction sans fil. Si le module combin rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth ou le module rseau local sans fil doit tre remplac pendant la priode de garantie, l'opration doit tre effectue par un prestataire de services agr par Lenovo. Permis d'mission faible puissance - Cas des appareils de radio-

communication (CNR-247) Le fonctionnement de ce type d'appareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:

Cet appareil ne doit pas perturber les communications radio. Cet appareil doit supporter toute perturbation, y compris les perturbations qui pourraient provoquer son dysfonctionnement. Lorsque vous utilisez un module de rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth dans le mode de transmission 802.11a/n/

ac/ax, les appareils destins la bande 51505250 MHz devront tre exclusivement utiliss en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) Les ordinateur utilisent des antennes intgrales faible gain qui n'mettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par Sant Canada pour la population. Consultez le Code de scurit 6 sur le site Web de Sant Canada l'adresse:

http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

L'nergie mise par les antennes relies aux modules sans fil respecte la limite d'exposition aux radiofrquences mises par les appareils portables au Canada telle que dfinie par Industrie Canada dans la 4 Regulatory Notice section 4 du document CNR-102, version 5 pour un environnement non contrl et permet d'affecter sans danger le produit l'usage auquel il est destin. La rduction de l'exposition aux radiofrquences est possible si le produit peut tre conserv aussi loin que possible du corps de l'utilisateur ou en dfinissant une puissance de sortie plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. Electromagnetic emission notices Refer to Generic Safety and Compliance Notices for information regarding the FCC compliance statement and other compliance statements. Usage environment and your health The wireless device installed in the computer operates within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Precautions against electrostatic discharges (ESD) in inserting or removing the nano-SIM card Do not touch the nano-SIM card connectors. As a precaution, always make sure that your computer is in your hand before you insert or remove the nano-SIM card. Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 5 6 Regulatory Notice Chapter 2. Notice for users in Japan Table 1. LAN / Bluetooth 020-210144 D210063020 003-210218 D210155003 MT7922 MediaTek Inc. NFA725A Qualcomm Atheros, Inc.

(5 GHz ) 5 GHz ()

(2.4 GHz )

() 1. 2. 3.

: (https://

www.lenovo.com/jp/lsmartctr) Bluetooth 2.4 GHz (2400 2483.5 MH)

(FH) 80 m LAN LAN LAN LAN Copyright Lenovo 2022 7 2.4FH8 () ID

() LAN LAN LAN/Bluetooth LAN/Bluetooth Lenovo LAN/Bluetooth

() ThinkPad LAN/Bluetooth WAN 8 Regulatory Notice Table 2. WAN L860-GL-16 EM05-G 020-210028 D210016020 003-210129 xxxxxxxx TP00140A, TP00141A L860-GL-

16 TP00140A, TP00141A LC Future Center Limited Taiwan Branch Fibocom Wireless, Inc. LC Future Center Limited Taiwan Branch EM05-G QUECTEL Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd

() Body SAR ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1Body SAR

*1

*2 WHO 50 SARSpecific Absorption Rate SAR 2.0W/kg 4W/Kg Body SAR Table 3 Body SAR on page 9 Table 3. Body SAR L860-GL-16 EM05-G x.xxx W/kg x.xxx W/kg Body SAR https://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/

https://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/j/sys/ele/pr/

*1 2014 4 1 WiMAX

*2 14 2 Chapter 2. Notice for users in Japan 9 10 Regulatory Notice Chapter 3. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance UK declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the UK Radio Equipment Regulations SI 2017 No. 1206. The full text of the system UK declaration of conformity is available at: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/uk-doc. EU declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the EU Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the system EU Declaration of Conformity is available at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Bulgarian Lenovo , , , 2014/53/E. https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Croatian Tvrtka Lenovo ovime izjavljuje da je beina oprema navedena u ovom dokumentu u sukladnosti s EU Direktivom o radijskoj opremi 2014/53/EU. Potpuni tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti sustava dostupan je na https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-

doc. Czech Spolenost Lenovo tmto prohlauje, e bezdrtov zazen uveden v tomto dokumentu spluj zkladn i dal relevantn poadavky smrnice EU o rdiovch zazench 2014/53/EU. pln text EU prohlen o shod systmu je k dispozici na adrese https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Copyright Lenovo 2022 11 Danish Lenovo erklrer hermed, at det trdlse udstyr, der er angivet i dette dokument, overholder EU-direktivet om radioudstyr 2014/53/EU. Hele teksten til EU's overensstemmelseserklring for systemet er tilgngelig p https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc. Dutch Hierbij verklaart Lenovo dat de draadloze apparatuur die in dit document wordt vermeld, voldoet aan EU-

richtlijn 2014/53/EU inzake radioapparatuur. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring voor het systeem is beschikbaar op https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Estonian Siinkohal kinnitab ettevte Lenovo et kesolevas dokumendis kirjeldatud juhtmeta seadmed on koosklas ELi raadioseadmete direktiiviga 2014/53/EL. Ssteemi ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni tielik tekst on saadaval siin: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Finnish Lenovo ilmoittaa tten, ett tss asiakirjassa mainittu langaton laite on EU:n radiolaitedirektiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. Jrjestelmn EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen koko teksti on saatavilla osoitteessa https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. French Par la prsente, Lenovo dclare que les quipements sans fil lists dans ce document sont conformes la directive 2014/53/UE sur les quipements radio de l'UE. Le texte complet de la dclaration europenne de conformit du systme est disponible l'adresse https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. German Hiermit erklrt Lenovo dass das in diesem Dokument aufgelistete Funkgert die EU-Funkanlagen-Richtlinie 2014/53/EU erfllt. Der vollstndige Wortlaut der EU-Konformittserklrung fr das System ist unter https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc verfgbar. Greek

, Lenovo 2014/53/ . 12 Regulatory Notice https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Hungarian A Lenovo kijelenti, hogy a jelen dokumentumban emltett vezetk nlkli kszlk megfelel a 2014/53/EU szm, EU Rdiberendezsekrl szl direktvban foglaltaknak. A rendszer EU-s megfelelsgi nyilatkozatnak teljes szvege a kvetkez weboldalon olvashat: https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Italian Con la presente documentazione, Lenovo dichiara che l'apparecchiatura wireless indicata in questo documento conforme alla direttiva EU 2014/53/EU sulle apparecchiature radio. Il testo integrale della dichiarazione di conformit dei sistemi dell'UE disponibile all'indirizzo https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Latvian Ar o uzmums Lenovo pazio, ka aj dokument nordtais bezvadu aprkojums atbilst ES Direktvai 2014/53/EK par radioiekrtm. Pilns ES atbilstbas deklarcijas teksts ir pieejams aj interneta adres: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Lithuanian Lenovo pareikia, kad iame dokumente nurodyta belaid ranga atitinka ES radijo rangos direktyvos 2014/

53/ES reikalavimus. Vis sistemos ES atitikties deklaracijos tekst galite rasti adresu https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/

eu-doc. Norwegian Lenovo erklrer herved at det trdlse utstyret som er oppfrt i dette kapittelet, er i samsvar med direktiv 2014/53/EU om radioutstyr. Hele teksten til EUs samsvarserklring finner du her https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Polish Firma Lenovo niniejszym owiadcza, e urzdzenia bezprzewodowe wymienione w tym dokumencie speniaj wymagania dyrektywy UE w sprawie sprztu radiowego 2014/53/EU. Pena tre deklaracji zgodnoci systemu z wymaganiami UE jest dostpna pod adresem https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Chapter 3. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 13 Portuguese A Lenovo declara por este meio que o equipamento sem fios listado neste documento est em conformidade com a Diretiva de Equipamento de Rdio da UE 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da Declarao de Conformidade do sistema para a UE est disponvel em https://

/www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Romanian Prin prezenta, Lenovo declar c echipamentul fr fir prezentat n acest document este n conformitate cu Directiva UE privind echipamentele radio 2014/53/UE. Textul complet al Declaraiei de conformitate UE pentru sistem este disponibil la https://www.lenovo.com/us/

en/compliance/eu-doc. Slovakian Spolonos Lenovo tmto vyhlasuje, e bezdrtov zariadenie uveden v tomto dokumente je v slade so smernicou Eurpskej nie o rdiovch zariadeniach 2014/53 E. pln znenie vyhlsenia E o zhode pre systm je k dispozcii na adrese: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Slovenian Lenovo s tem izjavlja, da je brezina oprema, navedena v tem dokumentu, skladna z direktivo EU o radijski opremi 2014/53/EU. Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti za sistem je na voljo na naslovu https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Spanish Mediante el presente documento, Lenovo declara que el equipo inalmbrico indicado en este documento cumple con la Directiva de Equipos de Radio 2014/53/UE de la UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad de la UE correspondiente al sistema est disponible en https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Swedish Hrmed intygar Lenovo att den trdlsa utrustning som beskrivs i detta dokument verensstmmer med EU:

s direktiv fr radioutrustning 2014/53/EU. Den fullstndiga texten i EU:s deklaration om verensstmmelse finns tillgnglig p https://www.lenovo.com/

us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Turkish Lenovo bu belgede listelenen kablosuz cihazlarn AB Radyo Ekipmanlar Ynetmelii 2014/53/EU ile uyumlu olduunu beyan eder. 14 Regulatory Notice Sistemin AB Uyumluluk Bildirimi tam metni https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc adresinde bulunmaktadr. Chapter 3. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 15 16 Regulatory Notice Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions This chapter provides wireless information about the following countries and regions. Notice for users in Argentina (Nota para uso en Argentina) Modelo: MT7922 Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-26892 Modelo: NFA725A Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR CNC: C-26890 Modelo: L860-GL-16 Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR RAMATEL: H-26839 Modelo: EM05-G Equipo: TRANSCEPTOR RAMATEL: H-26771 Notice for users in Brazil (Aviso para usuarios no Brasil) For model: MT7922 For model: NFA725A For model: L860-GL-16 For model: EM05-G Copyright Lenovo 2022 17 For models: MT7922, NFA725A, L860-GL-16, and EM05-G Portuguese English Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. This equipment is not protected against harmful interference and may not cause interference with duly authorized systems. Notice for Users in Chile (Nota para Uso en Chile) Modelo: TP00140A (ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1) Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: xxxx/DO N xxxx/F23 Modelo: TP00141A (ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1) Equipo: Notebook Computer SUBTEL: xxxx/DO N xxxx/F23 Notice for users in India For model: QCNFA725 ETA-SD-20210805636 For model: MT7922 ETA-xxxx/xx-RLO(NE) ETA-xxxx/xx-RLO(NE) Notice for users in Mexico (Nota para uso en Mexico) Note: Para informacin adicional por favor buscar el nmero de el certificado inalmbrico de IFT en el cartn de empaque. Por favor mandar un e-mail a compliance@lenovo.com si los numeros de IFT no estan presente en este documento. Advertensia:

En Mexico la operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada Notice for users in Morocco Notice for users in Morocco Type/Model: ThinkPad Z13 Gen 1 (TP00140A) and ThinkPad Z16 Gen 1 (TP00141A) are approved for Morocco by ANRT. In addition, the following wireless modules used in this product are all approved for Morocco by ANRT:

MT7922, NFA725A, L860-GL-16, and EM05-G. Note: The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant, and Taza. 18 Regulatory Notice The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 and 7 (2425 - 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, and Zag. Due to the channel restrictions above, the operation of this product using the fat channel mode (40 MHz of channel bandwidth) is not allowed at the 2.4 GHz frequency band. Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 19 Notice for users in Nigeria For model: MT7922 For model: NFA725A For model: L860-GL-16 For model: EM05-G Notice for users in Pakistan For model: MT7922 Approved by PTA: 9.849/2021 For model: NFA725A Approved by PTA: xxx/xxxx 20 Regulatory Notice For model: L860-GL-16 Approved by PTA: 9.456/2021 For model: EM05-G Approved by PTA: 9.749/2021 Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 21 Notice for users in Saudi Arabia For model: AX201D2W 22 Regulatory Notice Applicant Information Applicant:Intel Corporation SAS: Certificate Details Issue Date:28/11/20201442/04/13: Validity Period:28/11/20221444/05/04: Device Details Product Name:Intel Wi-Fi 6 AX201: Product Model:AX201D2W: Manufacturer:Intel Corporation : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :2400-2483.5 MHz:9.9 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:12.6 dBm 2400-2483.5 MHz:19.8 dBm 5150-5250 MHz:22.9 dBm 5250-5350 MHz:22.9 dBm 5470-5725 MHz:22.9 dBm 5725-5825 MHz:13.98 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI045 , RI103Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2018-2351: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: L850-GL Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 23 Applicant Information Applicant:BVCPS H.K. Ltd. Taoyuan Branch: Certificate Details Issue Date:19/05/20191440/09/14: Validity Period:19/05/20211442/10/07: Device Details Product Name:LTE module: Product Model:L850-GL: Manufacturer:FIBOCOM Wireless Inc. : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :1575.42 MHz:0 dBm , 900 MHz:24 dBm 2100 MHz:24 dBm , 850 MHz:23 dBm 900 MHz:23 dBm , 1900 MHz:23 dBm 2100 MHz:23 dBm , 2600 MHz:23 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:RI102 , RI056Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 18052017-18052019-20402: http://ers.citc.gov.sa Conformity Certificate1422/03/12121422/03/0574 For model: T99W175 Notice for users in Serbia The following models have been approved by Ratel or Kvalitet: MT7922, NFA725A, L860-GL-16, and EM05-

G. 24 Regulatory Notice Applicant Information Applicant:Product Compliance Specialists: Certificate Details Issue Date:27/04/20211442/09/15: Validity Period:27/04/20231444/10/07: Device Details Product Name:5G WWAN Module: Product Model:T99W175: Manufacturer:HON LIN Technology Co., Ltd : Additional DetailsOperating Frequency : Maximum Output Power allowed (EIRP) :1920-1980 MHz:24 dBm , 880-915 MHz:24 dBm 1452-1492 MHz:23 dBm , 2010-2025 MHz:23 dBm 2570-2620 MHz:23 dBm , 2300-2400 MHz:23 dBm 3400-3600 MHz:23 dBm , 5150-5925 MHz:23 dBm 1710-1785 MHz:23 dBm , 2500-2570 MHz:23 dBm 832-862 MHz:23 dBm , 703-748 MHz:23 dBm 2496-2690 MHz:23 dBm , 3400-4200 MHz:23 dBm 3400-3800 MHz:23 dBm , 1560-1610 MHz:0 dBm Device comply with CITC technical Specification No.:GEN001 , RI056 , RI102Additional RequirementCertificate No:TA 2021-1059: Conformity Certificate http://ers.citc.gov.sa1422/03/12121422/03/0574 Notice for users in South Africa Adapter model QCNFA725 is ICASA approved:

Adapter model L860-GL-16 is ICASA approved:

Notice for users in Taiwan For model: MT7922 and NFA725A For model: L860-GL-16 and EM05G Notice for users in the UAE For model: MT7922:

For model: NFA725A:

Chapter 4. Notice for users in other countries/regions 25 For model: L860-GL-16:

For model: EM05-G:

26 Regulatory Notice Chapter 5. Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD and THINKPAD logo are trademarks of Lenovo. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2020 Lenovo. Copyright Lenovo 2022 27 28 Regulatory Notice

X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Read this first Before using this documentation and the product it supports, ensure that you read and understand the following:

Safety and Warranty Guide Setup Guide Generic Safety and Compliance Notices First Edition (April 2023) Copyright Lenovo 2023. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents Discover your Lenovo notebook. . . . . iii Chapter 1. Meet your computer . . . . . 1

. . 1

. Front view . . 5

. Side view . 7 Bottom view . . 9 Features and specifications . . 9

. . . . . . . . . . . . USB specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2. Get started with your computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

. 11 Access networks . . 11

. 11

. . Connect to Wi-Fi networks. Connect to the wired Ethernet Connect to a cellular network (for selected models)

. . Turn on the Airplane mode . Interact with your computer . . Use the keyboard shortcuts . Use the TrackPoint pointing device . Use the trackpad . Use the touch screen (for selected models) Connect to an external display . . . . . . . . . Get to know YOGA modes ( for X13 Yoga Gen 3 only)

. . . Use Lenovo Integrated Pen (for selected

. . models) . . 11

. 12

. 12

. 12

. 14

. 15

. 16

. 18

. 19

. 20

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3. Explore your computer . . 23

. 23 Lenovo apps . 23

. 23

. . The Vantage app . . AI Meeting Manager (for selected models). . Lenovo Smart Appearance (for selected

. . models) Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smart features (for selected models). . Color calibration (for selected models) . . Intelligent cooling . . . . Manage power . . . . . Set up a Bluetooth connection . . Set up an NFC connection . . Use an SD card or smart card . . . . Check the battery status Charge the computer . Change the power settings

. Purchase accessories

. 24

. 24

. 25

. 27

. 28

. 30

. 30

. 30

. 31

. 31

. 31

. 32

. 32

. 33

. 33

. . . . Accessories . Transfer data . . . . . . Copyright Lenovo 2023

. . . Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

. 35

. . Lock the computer

. . 35

. Log in with your fingerprint

. . 36

. Log in with your face ID (for selected models) Detect human presence (for selected models) . 36 Protect your privacy (for selected models)

. 37

. Protect data against power loss (for selected

. . . models) . . UEFI BIOS passwords . . Password types . . . Set, change, or remove a password . . . . Password types . Set, change, and remove a password . Associate your fingerprints with passwords

(for selected models) . . FIDO (Fast Identity Online) authentication . . . Certificate based BIOS management

. 37

. 37

. 37

. 39

. 40

. 41

. 42

. 42

. 43

. . . . . . . . . Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

. 45

. UEFI BIOS . 45

. 45

. 45

. 45

. 45

. 47

. 47

. 47

. 48

. Install a Windows operating system and drivers . . . Enter the UEFI BIOS menu . . . Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface . . . Set the system date and time. . Change the startup sequence . . View UEFI BIOS Event logs . . Detect memory retraining . . . Reset system to factory defaults . . Update UEFI BIOS . . . . . . Chapter 6. CRU replacement . . . . . 51

. 51 CRU list . . 51 Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery . 52

. . Replace a CRU . 52

. . 54

. 55

. . Base cover assembly . Wireless WAN card (for selected models) . M.2 solid-state drive . . . . . Chapter 7. Help and support

. Frequently asked questions . Error messages . Beep errors . . Self-help resources . Windows label

. Call Lenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

. 57

. . 58

. . 59

. . 60

. . 61

. . 61

. . i

. . Before you contact Lenovo . Lenovo Customer Support Center . . Purchase additional services. . . . . 61

. 62

. 63 Appendix A. Compliance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Appendix B. Notices and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 ii X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Discover your Lenovo notebook Thank you for choosing a Lenovo notebook! We are dedicated to delivering the best solution to you. Before starting your tour, please read the following information:

Illustrations in this documentation might look different from your product. Depending on the model, some optional accessories, features, software programs, and user interface instructions might not be applicable to your computer. Documentation content is subject to change without notice. To get the latest documentation, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2023 iii iv X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 1. Meet your computer Front view For ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 Item Description Item Description Microphone Infrared camera / Camera Webcam privacy shutter Touch screen Power button with fingerprint reader Speaker Copyright Lenovo 2023 1 Item Description Item Description NFC (near field communication) mark Trackpad TrackPoint buttons TrackPoint pointing stick

* for selected models Webcam privacy shutter Slide the webcam privacy shutter to cover or uncover the camera lens. It is designed to protect your privacy. Related topics Log in with your face ID (for selected models) on page 36 Detect human presence (for selected models) on page 36 Use the touch screen (for selected models) on page 16 Protect your privacy (for selected models) on page 37 Log in with your fingerprint on page 35 Use the TrackPoint pointing device on page 14 Use the trackpad on page 15 2 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide For ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 Item Description Item Description Microphone Infrared camera / Camera Webcam privacy shutter Touch screen Power button with fingerprint reader Speaker NFC (near field communication) mark Trackpad TrackPoint buttons TrackPoint pointing stick

* for selected models Chapter 1. Meet your computer 3 Webcam privacy shutter Slide the webcam privacy shutter to cover or uncover the camera lens. It is designed to protect your privacy. Related topics Log in with your face ID (for selected models) on page 36 Detect human presence (for selected models) on page 36 Use the touch screen (for selected models) on page 16 Protect your privacy (for selected models) on page 37 Log in with your fingerprint on page 35 Use the TrackPoint pointing device on page 14 Use the trackpad on page 15 4 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Side view Intel models Item Description Item Description USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) power connector Always on USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 connector Audio connector Smart card reader Lenovo Integrated Pen (for ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 only) Nano-SIM-card tray USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 connector HDMI connector Security-lock slot

* for selected models Related topics Charge the computer on page 30 USB specifications on page 9 Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) on page 11 Lock the computer on page 35 Chapter 1. Meet your computer 5 AMD Models (for X13 Gen 4 only) Item Description Item Description USB-C power connector USB-C connector Always on USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 connector Audio connector Smart card reader Lenovo Integrated Pen Nano-SIM-card tray USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 connector HDMI connector Security-lock slot Related topics Charge the computer on page 30 USB specifications on page 9 Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) on page 11 Lock the computer on page 35 6 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Bottom view For ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 For ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 Item Description Emergency-reset hole Emergency-reset hole If the computer stops responding and you cannot turn it off by pressing the power button, reset your computer:

1. Disconnect your computer from ac power. 2. Insert a straightened paper clip into the hole to cut off power supply temporarily. Chapter 1. Meet your computer 7 3. Connect your computer to ac power and then turn on your computer. CAUTION:

When the computer is operating, it should be placed on a hard and flat surface with its bottom area not in contact with users bare skin. Under normal operating conditions, the temperature of the bottom surface will remain within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1, but such temperatures can still be high enough to cause discomfort or harm to the user if directly touched for over one minute at a time. As such, it is recommended that users avoid prolonged direct contact with the bottom of the computer. Note: Some Lenovo computers include a display that can be rotated 360 degrees. When those products are used as a tablet computer, the temperatures of all the accessible parts are within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1. 8 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Features and specifications For detailed specifications of your computer, go to https://psref.lenovo.com and search by product. Specification Memory Storage device Audio Display Description Low Power Double data rate 5X (LPDDR5X), soldered on board, up to 32 GB One slot, 2280 M.2 solid-state drive, up to 2TB Dolby Atmos Speaker System Dolby Audio Premium Dolby Voice Color display with In-Plane Switching (IPS) or Twisted Nematic (TN) technology Display ratio: 16:9 Display resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels or 3840 x 2160 pixels Multi-touch technology*

Notes: For non-OLED display with High-Dynamic Range (HDR) function, this function only works under Hybrid Graphics mode. To switch the display setting between Hybrid Graphics mode and Discrete Graphics mode:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Config Display Graphic Devices and follow the on-screen instructions. Face authentication*

Human presence detection*

Security features Fingerprint reader* (integrated in power button) Glance Privacy Guard*

Glance Privacy Alert*

Trusted Platform Module (TPM)*

Bluetooth NFC*

GPS (on wireless WAN model)*

Wireless LAN Wireless WAN (4G or 5G)*

Note: The 4G or 5G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location. Wireless features

* for selected models USB specifications Note: Depending on the model, some USB connectors might not be available on your computer. Chapter 1. Meet your computer 9 Connector name Description Connect USB-compatible devices, such as a USB keyboard, USB mouse, USB storage device, or USB printer. Charge USB-C compatible devices with the output voltage and current of 5 V and 1.5 A. Connect to an external display:

USB-C to VGA: up to 1920 x 1200 pixels, 60 Hz USB-C to DP: up to 5120 x 3200 pixels, 60 Hz Connect to USB-C accessories to help expand your computer functionality. To purchase USB-C accessories, go to https://

www.lenovo.com/accessories. USB-A 2.0 connector USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 connector USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 connector USB-C (3.2 Gen 1) connector USB-C (3.2 Gen 2) connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 3) connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector USB-C (USB 4) connector Statement on USB transfer rate Depending on many factors such as the processing capability of the host and peripheral devices, file attributes, and other factors related to system configuration and operating environments, the actual transfer rate using the various USB connectors on this device will vary and will be slower than the data rate listed below for each corresponding device. USB device 3.2 Gen 1 3.2 Gen 2 3.2 Gen 2 2 4 Gen 2 2 4 Gen 3 2 Thunderbolt 3 Thunderbolt 4 Data rate (Gbit/s) 5 10 20 20 40 40 40 10 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 2. Get started with your computer Access networks This section helps you connect to a wireless or wired network. Connect to Wi-Fi networks Click the network icon in the Windows notification area, and then select a network for connection. Provide required information, if needed. Connect to the wired Ethernet To connect your computer to a local network, you need a Lenovo USB-C to Ethernet Adapter. Lenovo USB-

C to Ethernet Adapter is available as an option and shipped with some computer models. You can purchase one from Lenovo at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) To connect a 4G or 5G cellular data network, you must have a wireless wide area network (WWAN) card and a nano-SIM card installed. The nano-SIM card might come with your computer by countries or regions. If no nano-SIM card is shipped, you will need to purchase one from authorized service carriers. Copyright Lenovo 2023 11 Notes:

Depending on model, your computer might have no WWAN card installed. The 4G or 5G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location. Network connection speeds might also vary by location, environment, network conditions and other factors. To establish a cellular connection:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Insert a straightened paper clip into the hole in the nano-SIM-card tray. The tray ejects. Install a nano-

SIM card as shown and insert the tray into the nano-SIM card slot. Note the orientation of the card and ensure that it is seated correctly. 3. Turn on the computer. 4. Click the network icon, and then select the cellular network icon from the list. Provide required information, if needed. Turn on the Airplane mode When the Airplane mode is enabled, all wireless features are disabled. 1. Type Airplane mode in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Turn on the Airplane mode. Interact with your computer Your computer provides you various ways to navigate the screen. Use the keyboard shortcuts The special keys on the keyboard help you work more effectively. https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500145 12 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Key / Key combination Function Invoke the special function printed as an icon on each key or standard function of F1F12 function keys.

FnLock indicator on: standard function FnLock indicator off: special function Enable / disable speakers Decrease volume Increase volume Enable / disable microphones Darken display Brighten display Manage external displays Enable / disable wireless Open / collapse notification center Answer incoming calls on Microsoft Teams Decline incoming calls on Microsoft Teams Open the Vantage app. You can customize the function of this key on the Vantage app. Open Snipping Tool Toggle keyboard backlight (for selected models) Break operation Pause operation Scroll contents Send system request Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 13 Key / Key combination Function Enter sleep mode

To wake up the computer, press Fn or the power button. Go to beginning Go to end Use the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device enables you to perform all the functions of a traditional mouse, such as pointing, clicking, and scrolling. Use the TrackPoint pointing device TrackPoint pointing stick Use your finger to apply pressure to the pointing-stick nonslip cap in any direction parallel to the keyboard. The pointer on the screen moves accordingly. The higher the pressure applied, the faster the pointer moves. TrackPoint buttons The left-click button and right-click button correspond to the left and right buttons on a traditional mouse. Press and hold the dotted middle button while using your finger to applying pressure to the pointing stick in the vertical or horizontal direction. Then, you can scroll through the document, Web site, or apps. Disable the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Mouse. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to disable TrackPoint. 14 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Replace the pointing-stick nonslip cap Note: Ensure that the new cap has grooves a . Use the trackpad You can use the trackpad to perform all the pointing, clicking, and scrolling functions of a traditional mouse. Use the trackpad Item Description Item Description Left-click zone Right-click zone Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 15 Use the touch gestures Illustration and description Illustration and description Tap once to select or open an item. Tap twice quickly to display a shortcut menu. Two-finger zoom in or zoom out. Scroll through items. Open the task view to see all open windows. Show the desktop. Notes:

When using two or more fingers, ensure that you position your fingers slightly apart. Some gestures are not available if the last action was done from the TrackPoint pointing device. Some gestures are only available when you are using certain apps. If the trackpad surface is stained with oil, turn off the computer first. Then, gently wipe the trackpad surface with a soft and lint-free cloth moistened with lukewarm water or computer cleaner. For more gestures, see the help information of the pointing device. Disable the trackpad The trackpad is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Touchpad. 2. In the Touchpad section, turn off the Touchpad control. Use the touch screen (for selected models) If your computer display supports the multi-touch function, you can navigate the screen with simple touch gestures. For more touch gestures, refer to https://support.microsoft.com/windows. 16 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Note: Some gestures might not be available when you are using certain apps. Illustration and description Illustration and description Tap once to single click Tap twice quickly to double-click Tap and hold to right-click Slide to scroll through items Zoom out Zoom in Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 17 Illustration and description Illustration and description Swipe from the left: view all open windows (Windows 10) Swipe from the right: open action center (Windows 10) Swipe from the left: open widget panel (Windows 11) Swipe from the right: open notification center (Windows 11) Swipe downwards shortly: show title bar Swipe downwards: close the current app Maintenance tips:

Turn off the computer before cleaning the touch screen. Drag Use a dry, soft, and lint-free cloth or a piece of absorbent cotton to remove fingerprints or dust from the touch screen. Do not apply solvents to the cloth. The touch screen is a glass panel covered with a plastic film. Do not apply pressure or place any metallic object on the screen, which might damage the touch panel or cause it to malfunction. Do not use fingernails, gloved fingers, or inanimate objects for input on the screen. Regularly calibrate the accuracy of the finger input to avoid a discrepancy. Connect to an external display Connect your computer to a projector or a monitor to give presentations or expand your workspace. Connect to a wired display If your computer cannot detect the external display, right-click a blank area on the desktop and select display settings. Then follow the on-screen instructions to detect the external display. 18 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Supported resolution The following table lists the supported maximum resolution of the external display. Connect the external display to Supported resolution USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector HDMI connector Up to 5K / 60 Hz Up to 4K / 60 Hz Note: The refresh rate higher than 60 Hz can also be supported. If you set the refresh rate higher than 60 Hz, the maximum resolution might be limited. Connect to a wireless display To use a wireless display, ensure that both your computer and the external display support the Miracast feature. Press Windows logo key + K and then select a wireless display to connect with. Set the display mode Press or

and then select a display mode of your preference. Change display settings 1. Right-click a blank area on the desktop and select display settings. 2. Select the display that you want to configure and change display settings of your preference. You can change the settings for both the computer display and the external display. For example, you can define which one is the main display and which one is the secondary display. You also can change the resolution and orientation. Get to know YOGA modes ( for X13 Yoga Gen 3 only) Rotate the display to switch among different YOGA modes according to your preference. The keyboard and the pointing devices are automatically disabled in the stand mode, tent mode, and tablet mode. Use the touch screen to control your computer instead. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 19 Attention: Do not rotate the computer display with too much force, or apply too much force to the upper-

right or upper-left corner of the computer display. Otherwise the computer display or hinges might get damaged. Notebook mode Stand mode Tablet mode Use Lenovo Integrated Pen (for selected models) The following information refers to the Lenovo Integrated Pen, model: WG16. The garaged rechargeable electronic Lenovo Integrated Pen enables a more precise and easier way of writing and sketching. https://support.lenovo.com/us/zh/videos/vid500146 20 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Item Description Item Description Eraser button Click button Lenovo Integrated Pen is not waterproof. Keep the pen away from water and excessive moisture. To purchase Lenovo Integrated Pen, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Charge Lenovo Integrated Pen 1. Ensure that your computer is on or in sleep mode. 2. Insert the pen back into the pen slot. The pen is 80% charged in about 15 seconds and 100% charged in about five minutes. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 21 22 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 3. Explore your computer Lenovo apps This section provides introduction to the Vantage and Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device apps. The Vantage app The preinstalled Vantage app is a customized one-stop solution to help you maintain your computer with automated updates and fixes, configure hardware settings, and get personalized support. To access the Vantage app, type Vantage in the Windows search box. Key features The Vantage app enables you to:

Know the device status easily and customize device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, firmware, and driver updates to keep your computer up-to-date. Monitor your computer health, and secure your computer against outside threats. Scan your computer hardware and diagnose hardware problems. Look up warranty status (online). Access User Guide and helpful articles. Notes:

The available features vary depending on the computer model. The Vantage app makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience with your computer. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. AI Meeting Manager (for selected models) AI Meeting Manager helps you to be more productive and efficient in intercultural meetings without language barriers. It converts voice to text, makes real-time translation (from voice to text), records audio speech and translated text to help you take meeting minutes. Access the app To access AI Meeting Manager, do one of the following:

Open the Start menu and click AI Meeting Manager. Type AI Meeting Manager in the search box. Translator/Subtitles This function translates voice or audio into on-screen text in real time during meetings. The subtitle function allows you to watch foreign videos with translated subtitle. Copyright Lenovo 2023 23 Voice-to-text This function converts voice to text. Select any typable field (such as document editing area, web site browser input filed, and windows input bar) to input text using voice instead of typing. Editor After a meeting, all audio and translated text are saved in your computer. Open Editor and you can view the record. This function makes it easier to edit meeting minutes. You can copy, search, proofread, export, or delete text, and you also can delete or play audio back. Notes:

To download the latest version of AI Meeting Manager, go to Microsoft Store and search for the app name. The supported features and languages vary depending on the computer model and delivery of countries and regions. AI Meeting Manager makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. Lenovo Smart Appearance (for selected models) Lenovo Smart Appearance is an intelligent camera enhancement and beautification app that helps you to enhance your looks in video calls. This app works with some mainstream video meeting apps, such as Microsoft Teams. Lenovo Smart Appearance enables you to blur/customize your background, smooth your skin effect, and beautify your face effect. To access Lenovo Smart Appearance, type Lenovo Smart Appearance in the Windows search box. Notes:

The available features vary depending on the computer model. Lenovo Smart Appearance makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience with your computer. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device Depending on the model, your computer might support the Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device feature. The preinstalled Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device enables you to temporarily disable the keyboard, screen, trackpad, and TrackPoint pointing device for cleaning. To access Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device, do one of the following:

Type Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device in the Windows search box. Press Fn and the right Shift key at the same time. 24 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide To download the latest version of Lenovo Quick Clean / Clean Your Device, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo. com. Smart features (for selected models) Your computer might be preinstalled with Glance by Mirametrix. Glance can capture your head movement through camera and makes your computer smarter and more efficient. Access Glance by Mirametrix Type Glance in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Note: If Glance is uninstalled, you can request it through https://support.lenovo.com/contactus. Explore key features Depending on the model, some features might not be available on your computer. Protect privacy Presence Detection: Keep your computer awake when in use and automatically lock the computer when your head moves out of the camera range. Privacy Alert: When a shoulder surfer is detected, an alert icon appears on your computer screen. Privacy Guard: When a shoulder surfer is detected, your screen is blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 25 Smart Display: Blur screens you are not looking at. If you are not facing any screen, all screens are blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. Note: If your computer comes with an ePrivacy screen, it can work with Glance to achieve better privacy protection. For details, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500144. Improve productivity Snap Window: When you select a window on one screen and turn your face to another, the window automatically snaps to the top center of the screen you are facing. Smart Pointer: Relocate the pointer to the screen you are facing. When the pointer moves from one screen to another, it is temporarily drawn large. 26 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Note: Snap Window and Smart Pointer only work when your computer is connected to external displays. Ensure that external displays are placed at the same height of your computer. Promote digital wellness Posture check: Remind you to adjust your posture once you hunch toward the screen. 20/20/20 Alert: Remind you to look away from the screen and relax your eyes for 20 seconds every 20 minutes. Color calibration (for selected models) The factory color calibration feature is available on computer models preinstalled with the X-Rite Color Assistant program. This feature enables you to render color images or graphics on your display close to the original intent as much as possible. For computer with the factory color calibration feature, the color profiles are preinstalled. You can switch between color profiles as desired:

1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Then, right-click

. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to select a profile as desired. Lenovo provides backup color profiles in Lenovo Cloud. You might need to restore or install color profiles in the following situations:

Chapter 3. Explore your computer 27 If any color profile is lost or damaged, a window will be displayed to remind you to restore the color profiles. Click Yes in the window prompted, and the color profiles will be restored from Lenovo Cloud automatically. If your display has been replaced by a Lenovo-authorized service provider, do the following to install new color profiles:

1. Connect your computer to the network and close the X-Rite Color Assistant program. 2. Go to C:\Program files (x86)\X-Rite Color Assistant and locate the ProfileUpdaterForDisplayReplacement.exe file. 3. Double-click the EXE file. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to input the display serial number and click Submit. Note: When the new color profiles are installed successfully, a window will be displayed. If you install a new operating system, do the following to reinstall the color profiles:

1. Connect your computer to the network and open the preinstalled X-Rite Color Assistant app. Note: If the app is uninstalled, reinstall it by downloading the installation package from https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/us/en/downloads/DS543953 2. Go to Settings Restore profiles. The app will download and install its unique color profiles from Lenovo cloud automatically. Intelligent cooling The Intelligent Cooling feature helps you adjust power consumption, fan speed, computer temperature, and performance. Notes:

For models with discrete GPU, the appropriate GPU will be used based on the Intelligent Cooling mode. If the mode is switched while an app is running, the app might restart to ensure that the appropriate GPU is used. If you have specified the exact GPU to run for each app in the Windows Settings, it will take precedence. To disable or enable ultra-performance mode (for models with discrete GPU only), go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com and download corresponding exe files from product page. You can also use the exe files to restore the default settings. For models with Windows 10 Intelligent Cooling feature is adjusted through Windows Power Slider. This feature works in auto mode by default. Press Fn+T to enable or disable the auto mode. Note: Auto mode is for Intel models only. When the auto mode is disabled:

Do the following to select a preferred mode:

1. Click the battery status icon in the Windows notification area. 2. Move the slider to the left or right to select a preferred mode. For models with discrete GPU:

Eco mode: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are lowered to get your computer cooler, quieter, and more eco-friendly, and to get the best battery life. Balanced mode: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are balanced. 28 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Ultra-performance mode: the ultra performance is prioritized, allowing maximum temperature and higher fan speed. on ac power on battery power For models without discrete GPU:

Eco mode: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are lowered to get your computer cooler, quieter, and more eco-friendly, and to get the best battery life. Balanced mode: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are balanced. Performance mode: The performance is prioritized, allowing higher temperature and fan speed. on ac power on battery power When the auto mode is enabled:

Auto mode: your computer is adjusted automatically to achieve the best mix of power consumption, battery life, computer performance, and fan speed based on the amount of system activity. For models with Windows 11 Intelligent Cooling feature is adjusted through Windows Settings. This feature works in auto mode by default. Press Fn+T to enable or disable the auto mode. Note: Auto mode is for Intel models only. 1. Right-click the battery icon in the task bar to access power and sleep settings. 2. Locate the Power section and choose one of the following power modes. When the auto mode is disabled:

Best Power efficiency: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are lowered to get your computer cooler, quieter, and more eco-friendly, and to get the best battery life. Balanced: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are balanced. Best Performance:

For models with discrete GPU: the ultra performance is prioritized, allowing maximum temperature and higher fan speed. For models without discrete GPU: the performance is prioritized, allowing higher temperature and fan speed. When the auto mode is enabled, it is recommended to set the power mode to Balanced. Then your computer will be adjusted automatically to achieve the best mix of power consumption, battery life, computer performance, and fan speed based on the amount of system activity. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 29 Manage power Use the information in this section to achieve the best balance between performance and power efficiency. Check the battery status Go to Settings System to check the battery status. For more details about your battery, refer to the Vantage app. Charge the computer Use ac power Power source of the ac power adapter:

Power: 45 W or 65 W Sine-wave input at 50 Hz to 60 Hz Input rating of the ac power adapter: 100 V to 240 V ac, 50 Hz to 60 Hz Output rating of the ac power adapter: 20 V dc, 2.25 A or 3.25 A When the battery power is low, charge your battery by connecting your computer to ac power with the supplied power adapter. The 65 W ac power adapter supports the rapid charge function, the battery is 80%

charged in about one hour when the computer is turned off. The actual charging time depends on the battery size, the physical environment, and whether you are using the computer. Note: Some models may not ship with ac adapters or power cords. Use only the certified adapters and power cords provided by Lenovo that comply with the requirements of relevant national standards to charge the product. It is recommended to use the Lenovo qualified adapters. You can refer to https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Notes: To maximize the life of the battery:

Use the battery until the charge is depleted and recharge the battery completely before using it. Once the battery is fully charged, it must discharge to 94% or lower before it will be allowed to recharge again. The battery may optimize its full charge capacity based on your usage. After prolonged periods of limited use, full battery capacity may not be available until you discharge to as low as 20% and recharge completely. For more information, refer to the power section of the Vantage app. Use P-to-P 2.0 (Peer to Peer 2.0) charging function Both USB-C (Thunderbolt 3) connectors on the computer feature the Lenovo-unique P-to-P 2.0 charging function. To use the function, ensure that Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode are enabled in UEFI BIOS of your computers, so that the function works even when the computers are off or in hibernation mode. 30 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide To enable Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode:

1. Press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Click Config USB, and then to enable Always On USB and Charge in Battery Mode. Note: The actual charging speed of your computer depends on many factors, such as the remaining battery power of the computers, the wattage of the ac power adapter, and whether you are using the computers. Change the power settings For ENERGY STAR compliant computers, the following power plan takes effect by default when your computer is on AC power and has been idle for a specified duration:

For models with Windows 10:

Turn off the display: After 10 minutes Put the computer to sleep: After 10 minutes For models with Windows 11:

Turn off the display: After 5 minutes Put the computer to sleep: After 5 minutes To reset the power plan:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. 2. Click Power Options. 3. Choose or customize a power plan of your preference. To reset the power button function:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. 2. Click Power Options, and then click Choose what the power buttons do on the left pane. 3. Change the settings as you prefer. Transfer data Quickly share your files using the built-in Bluetooth or NFC technology among devices with the same features. You also can insert a microSD card or smart card to transfer data. Set up a Bluetooth connection You can connect all types of Bluetooth-enabled devices to your computer, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a smartphone, or speakers. To ensure successful connection, place the devices at most 10 meters (33 feet) from the computer. 1. Type Bluetooth in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 31 2. Turn on Bluetooth, if it is off. 3. Select a Bluetooth device, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Set up an NFC connection If your computer supports NFC, you will see an NFC mark or label around the trackpad area. To turn on NFC:

1. Type Airplane mode in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Ensure that the Airplane mode is off and turn on the NFC function. By using NFC, you can simply tap and connect your computer and another NFC-enabled device over a few centimeters or inches. To pair with an NFC card or smartphone:

Note: Ensure that the NFC card is in NFC Data Exchange Format (NDEF), otherwise the card cannot be detected. Use an SD card or smart card You can insert an SD card or smart card to transfer data. Supported smart card Supported smart card specifications: 85.60 mm (3.37 inches) x 53.98 mm (2.13 inches) Attention: Smart cards with slits are not supported. Do not insert such a smart card into the smart-card slot of your computer. Otherwise, the reader might get damaged. 32 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Install or remove a card Attention: Before removing the card:

1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Right-click the icon prompting you to safely remove hardware and eject media. 2. Select the corresponding item to eject the card from the Windows operating system. 3. Press the card and remove it from your computer. Store the card safely for future use. Accessories This section provides instructions on how to use hardware accessories to expand your computer functionalities. Purchase accessories Lenovo has a number of hardware accessories and upgrades to help expand the functionalities of your computer. Options include memory modules, storage devices, network cards, port replicators or docking stations, batteries, power adapters, keyboards, mice, and more. To shop at Lenovo, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 33 34 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information Lock the computer Lock your computer to a desk, table, or other fixtures through a compatible security cable lock. Note: The slot supports cable locks that conform to the Kensington NanoSaver lock standards using Cleat locking technology. You are responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing the locking device and security feature. Lenovo is not responsible for the locking device and security feature. You can purchase the cable locks at https://smartfind.lenovo.com. Log in with your fingerprint The fingerprint reader is integrated with the power button. After enrolling your fingerprint, you can power on and log in to the computer with a simple press on the power button, or unlock the screen with a single touch. It eliminates the need to enter complex passwords, saving your time and boosting your productivity. 1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the fingerprint setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to enroll your fingerprint. Note: It is recommended that you put your finger at the center of the power button during enrollment and enroll more than one fingerprint in case of any injuries to your fingers. After the enrollment, the fingerprints are associated with the Windows password automatically. 3. Log in with your fingerprint. When the fingerprint reader indicator is solid green, tap your finger on the fingerprint reader for authentication. Associate your fingerprints with UEFI BIOS passwords You can associate your fingerprints with your power-on password and hard disk password. See Associate your fingerprints with passwords (for selected models) on page 42. Copyright Lenovo 2023 35 Maintenance tips:

Do not scratch the surface of the reader with anything hard. Do not use or touch the reader with a wet, dirty, wrinkled, or injured finger. Log in with your face ID (for selected models) For models come with a webcam privacy shutter, slide the webcam privacy shutter to uncover the camera lens before using the Windows Hello face recognition. Create your face ID and unlock your computer by scanning your face:

1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the face ID setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to create your face ID. Detect human presence (for selected models) Your computer supports the human presence detection function. Wake up the computer when you are approaching it. With a face ID created, your computer can recognize your face and log in to the system automatically. You need to face the camera and be at most 1.4 meters

(4.6 feet) from the computer. The function does not work when your computer is in hibernation mode or has been turned off. Dim the display and lock the computer when you are leaving. The function does not work if you set the power options to never turn off the display. The human presence sensor is enabled by default. To change the settings:

Open the Vantage app, and then click Device Smart Assist to turn on or turn off the User Presence Sensing switch. Customize the Zero Touch Login and Zero Touch Lock settings according to your preference. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Select Security Intelligent Security to customize detailed settings. Notes:

36 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide These features might not work when your computer is in tent, tablet, or stand mode. If the Airplane mode is enabled, human presence detection is disabled. Your computer uses a human presence sensor to detect your presence and the IR camera to recognize your face. Lenovo does not collect any personal data. For some countries or regions, the human presence sensor is disabled according to local regulations. Protect your privacy (for selected models) Use the ePrivacy screen Your computer might come with an ePrivacy screen. It can reduce screen visibility from side angles to protect screen content against visual hacking. By default, this function is disabled. You can press F12 or Fn

+D to enable it. You will be prompted by the on-screen icon disabled. every time the function is enabled or or Your ePrivacy screen can be automatically enabled in case that you are required to input passwords. By default, this automatic function for passwords is disabled. You can enable it on the Vantage app. The ePrivacy screen also can work with the preinstalled Glance app to better protect your privacy. For details, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500144. Set the privacy level The privacy level of this function varies depending on the screen brightness level, the contrast ratio, and the physical environment where you are using this function. Press to increase the privacy level. Press to decrease the privacy level. Protect data against power loss (for selected models) NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) M.2 solid-state drive features the Lenovo-unique PLP (Power Loss Protection) function to avoid data loss or damage. If your computer is not responding and you might have to shut down your computer by pressing and holding the power button for several seconds. In this case, the PLP function enables your computer data to be saved timely. However, there is no guarantee that all data is saved in any situation. To check the type of your M.2 solid-state drive:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F10 to enter the Lenovo diagnostics window. 2. On the TOOLS tab, select SYSTEM INFORMATION STORAGE using the arrow keys. 3. Locate the Device Type section to check the information. UEFI BIOS passwords You can set passwords in UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) to strengthen the security of your computer. Password types You can set a power-on password, supervisor password, system management password, or NVMe password in UEFI BIOS to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. However, you are not prompted to enter any UEFI BIOS password when your computer resumes from sleep mode. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 37 Power-on password If you set a power-on password, a window is displayed on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. Supervisor password The supervisor password protects the system information stored in UEFI BIOS. When entering the UEFI BIOS menu, enter the correct supervisor password in the window prompted. You also can press Enter to skip the password prompt. However, you cannot change most of the system configuration options in UEFI BIOS. If you have set both the supervisor password and power-on password, you can use the supervisor password to access your computer when you turn it on. The supervisor password overrides the power-on password. System management password The system management password can also protect the system information stored in UEFI BIOS like a supervisor password, but it has lower authority by default. The system management password can be set through the UEFI BIOS menu or through Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) with the Lenovo client-management interface. You can enable the system management password to have the same authority as the supervisor password to control security-related features. To customize the authority of the system management password through the UEFI BIOS menu:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password System Management Password Access Control. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you have set both the supervisor password and the system management password, the supervisor password overrides the system management password. If you have set both the system management password and the power-on password, the system management password overrides the power-on password. NVMe passwords The NVMe password prevents unauthorized access to the data on the storage drive. When an NVMe password is set, you are prompted to type a correct password each time you try to access the storage drive. Single Password When a Single NVMe password is set, the user must enter the user NVMe password to access files and applications on the storage drive. Dual Password (User + Admin) The admin NVMe password is set and used by a system administrator. It enables the administrator to access any storage drive in a system or any computer connected in the same network. The administrator can also assign a user NVMe password for each computer in the network. The user of the computer can change the user NVMe password as desired, but only the administrator can remove the user NVMe password. When prompted to enter an NVMe password, press F1 to switch between the admin NVMe password and user NVMe password. Notes: The NVMe password is not available in the following situations:

A Trusted Computing Group (TCG) Opal-compliant storage drive and a TCG Opal management software program are installed in the computer, and the TCG Opal management software program is activated. 38 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide An eDrive storage drive is installed in the computer preinstalled with the Windows operating system. Set, change, or remove a password Before you start, print these instructions. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password by using the arrow keys. 3. Select the password type. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to set, change, or remove a password. You should record all your passwords and store them in a safe place. If you forget any of your passwords, any potential repair actions required are not covered under warranty. What to do if you forget your power-on password If you forget your power-on password, do the following to remove the power-on password:

If you have set a supervisor password or a system management password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password or the system management password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password Power-On Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password or the system management password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password or a system management password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the power-on password removed. What to do if you forget your system management password If you forget your system management password, do the following to remove the system management password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password System Management Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system management password removed. What to do if you forget your hard disk password If you forget your user hard disk password or both user and master hard disk passwords, there is no service procedure to remove the password or recover data from the storage drive. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the storage drive replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. If the storage drive is a CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), you can also contact Lenovo to purchase a new storage drive to replace the old one by yourself. To check whether the storage drive is a CRU and the relevant replacement procedure, see Chapter 6 CRU replacement on page 51. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 39 What to do if you forget your supervisor password If you forget your supervisor password, there is no service procedure to remove the password. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system board replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. Password types You can set a power-on password, supervisor password, system management password, or NVMe password in UEFI BIOS to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. However, you are not prompted to enter any UEFI BIOS password when your computer resumes from sleep mode. Power-on password If you set a power-on password, a window is displayed on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. Supervisor password The supervisor password protects the system information stored in UEFI BIOS. When entering the UEFI BIOS menu, enter the correct supervisor password in the window prompted. You also can press Enter to skip the password prompt. However, you cannot change most of the system configuration options in UEFI BIOS. If you have set both the supervisor password and power-on password, you can use the supervisor password to access your computer when you turn it on. The supervisor password overrides the power-on password. System management password The system management password can also protect the system information stored in UEFI BIOS like a supervisor password, but it has lower authority by default. The system management password can be set through the UEFI BIOS menu or through Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) with the Lenovo client-management interface. You can enable the system management password to have the same authority as the supervisor password to control security-related features. To customize the authority of the system management password through the UEFI BIOS menu:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password System Management Password Access Control. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you have set both the supervisor password and the system management password, the supervisor password overrides the system management password. If you have set both the system management password and the power-on password, the system management password overrides the power-on password. NVMe passwords The NVMe password prevents unauthorized access to the data on the storage drive. When an NVMe password is set, you are prompted to type a correct password each time you try to access the storage drive. Single Password When a Single NVMe password is set, the user must enter the user NVMe password to access files and applications on the storage drive. Dual Password (User + Admin) The admin NVMe password is set and used by a system administrator. It enables the administrator to access any storage drive in a system or any computer connected in the same network. The administrator 40 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide can also assign a user NVMe password for each computer in the network. The user of the computer can change the user NVMe password as desired, but only the administrator can remove the user NVMe password. When prompted to enter an NVMe password, press F1 to switch between the admin NVMe password and user NVMe password. Notes: The NVMe password is not available in the following situations:

A Trusted Computing Group (TCG) Opal-compliant storage drive and a TCG Opal management software program are installed in the computer, and the TCG Opal management software program is activated. An eDrive storage drive is installed in the computer preinstalled with the Windows operating system. Set, change, and remove a password Before you start, print these instructions. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password by using the arrow keys. 3. Select the password type. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to set, change, or remove a password. You should record all your passwords and store them in a safe place. If you forget any of your passwords, any potential repair actions required are not covered under warranty. What to do if you forget your power-on password If you forget your power-on password, do the following to remove the power-on password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password Power-On Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the power-on password removed. What to do if you forget your NVMe password If you forget your NVMe password (Single password) or both user and admin NVMe passwords (Dual password), Lenovo cannot reset your passwords or recover data from the storage drive. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the storage drive replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. If the storage drive is a CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), you can also contact Lenovo to purchase a new storage drive to replace the old one by yourself. To check whether the storage drive is a CRU and the relevant replacement procedure, see Chapter 6 CRU replacement on page 51. What to do if you forget your supervisor password If you forget your supervisor password, there is no service procedure to remove the password. You have to contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system board replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 41 What to do if you forget your system management password If you forget your system management password, do the following to remove the system management password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password System Management Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system management password removed. Associate your fingerprints with passwords (for selected models) Do the following to associate your fingerprints with the power-on password and hard disk password:

1. Turn off and then turn on the computer. 2. When prompted, scan your finger on the fingerprint reader. 3. Enter your power-on password, hard disk password, or both as required. The association is established. When you start the computer again, you can use your fingerprints to log in to the computer without entering your Windows password, power-on password, or hard disk password. To change settings, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu, and then select Security Fingerprint. Attention: If you always use your fingerprint to log in to the computer, you might forget your passwords. Write down your passwords, and keep them in a safe place. FIDO (Fast Identity Online) authentication Your computer supports FIDO (Fast Identity Online) authentication feature. This feature works as an alternative to password-based authentication to achieve passwordless authentication. This feature only works when a power-on password is set in UEFI BIOS and the FIDO2 USB device is registered in ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Device Manager. With this feature, you can input the power-on password or use the registered FIDO2 USB device to power on your computer. Register your FIDO2 USB device in ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Device Manager 1. Turn on the computer. 2. Press F12 during the power-on process. 3. If you set a power-on password, you are prompted to enter the correct password. 4. Select App Menu ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Device Manager and press Enter. 5. Insert the FIDO2 USB device to register the device by following steps:

a. Select the available FIDO2 USB device that you want to register in the Discovered Devices field. b. Click Yes in the displayed window to confirm the device you selected. c. If you set a power-on password, you are prompted to enter the correct password. d. The User operation request window is displayed. You are prompted to press the button on the connected FIDO2 USB device, and then follow the on-screen instruction to close the window. 42 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide e. Press ESC to exit and restart your computer. Notes:

If you want to unregister your devices, click the available FIDO2 USB device that you want to unregister in the My Device field and enter the correct power-on password for verification. If you use more than one FIDO2 USB device with a common identifier for registration, only one device is available. Log in to the System with Passwordless Power-On Authentication 1. Restart the computer. 2. ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Authentication window is displayed. 3. Insert your registered FIDO2 USB device for detection. 4. Then follow the on-screen instruction to press the button on your FIDO2 USB device for verification. 5. After your device is verified, the power-on process continues. Note: You should insert the FIDO2 USB device or enter the power-on password within 60 seconds. Otherwise, your computer will shut down automatically. Certificate based BIOS management Certificate-based BIOS authentication (also called the password-less management mode) provides more secure UEFI BIOS management with password-free solution. It is used to replace the supervisor password /

system management password for authentication if you have set one. Note: Supervisor password / system management password are disabled automatically when certificate mode is enabled. But the power-on password / hard disk password / NVMe password still can be used normally in certificate mode if you have set one. For certificate enrollment, see Certificate Enrollment Guide at: https://support.lenovo.com/docs/certificate_ enrollment_guide Enter the BIOS menu with certificate Once you have enrolled the certificate, you can enter the BIOS menu with the certificate. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 or Fn+F1 to enter the BIOS menu. 2. The request data is displayed. Click Save to File to save the request data in a USB key and send the request data to IT admin by e-mail or phone. 3. Enter the unlock code provided by IT admin and click OK. Notes:

The unlock encode is a one-time password and is valid only during logon prompt (in one power-on cycle) for up to two hours. If you click Skip, you can enter the BIOS setup menu without BIOS management authority. But certificate reset is allowed. Reset certificate The enrolled certificate cannot be disabled. You can reset or remove it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 or Fn+F1. 2. Enter the BIOS menu with the certificate or skip the certification authentication process. 3. Select Security Reset Certificate. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 43 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to enter the reset code provided by IT admin. 44 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings UEFI BIOS UEFI BIOS is the first program that the computer runs. When the computer turns on, UEFI BIOS performs a self test to make sure that various devices in the computer are functioning. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface You can navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface by pressing the following keys:

F1: General Help F9: Setup Defaults F10: Save and Exit F5 / F6: Change boot priority order or PgUp / PgDn: Select / Scroll page

: Move keyboard focus Esc: Back / Close dialog Enter: Select / Open submenu Set the system date and time 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Date/Time and set the system date and time as desired. 3. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Change the startup sequence 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Startup Boot. Then, press Enter. The default device order list is displayed. Note: No bootable device is displayed if the computer cannot start from any devices or the operating system cannot be found. 3. Set the startup sequence as desired. 4. Press F10 to save the changes and exit. To change the startup sequence temporarily:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F12. 2. Select the device that you want the computer to start from and press Enter. View UEFI BIOS Event logs The UEFI BIOS Event log viewer provides the brief information about UEFI BIOS events. Do the following to view the logs:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. Copyright Lenovo 2023 45 2. Select Main BIOS Event log. Then, press Enter. The UEFI BIOS Event log interface is displayed. 3. Navigate the interface by pressing the following keys, and then check details by selecting each item.

: Move keyboard focus PgUp / PgDn: Scroll page Enter: Select F3: Exit The following UEFI BIOS event logs might be listed on your screen depending on UEFI BIOS activities. Each log consists of a date, a time, and a description of the event. Power On event: This log shows the Power On Self Test (POST) routine has started with the power-on process. It includes the power-on reason, the boot mode, and the shutdown reason. Subcomponent Code Measurement event: This log shows the subcomponent code measurement has worked. It includes the validation result of each component. System Preboot Authentication event: This log shows what credential is provided to gain preboot authentication. It includes the installed password, the password type, the input device, and the authentication result. BIOS Password Change event: This log shows the change history of the UEFI BIOS passwords. It includes the password type, the type and result of the event. Subcomponent Self-healing event: This log shows the information about the subcomponent where the recovery event occurred. It includes the cause and result of the event, and the recovered firmware version. BIOS Setup Configuration Change event: This log shows the change history of the UEFI BIOS Setup configuration. It includes the item name and value. Device Change event: This log shows the change history of devices. It includes the cause and type of the event. System Boot event: This log shows which device was utilized to boot the system. It includes the boot option, the description, and the file path list. System Tamper event: This log shows the occurrence of system tamper events. It includes the cause and type of the event. Runtime Intrusion Detection of SPI Flash event: This log shows the system has detected the unauthorized /suspicious access to SPI Flash. It includes the cause of the event, and the region. On-Demand Measurement event: This log shows On-Demand measurement has worked. It includes the validation result of each component. POST Error event: This log shows the occurrence of errors during the POST routine. It includes the error code. Flash Update event: This log shows the occurrence of flash update. It includes the cause and result of the event, and the updated firmware version. Set On-Premise event: This log shows the change history of on-premise boot settings. It includes the value of on-premise settings and the change method. Capsule Update event: This log shows the occurrence of UEFI capsule firmware update. It includes the cause and result of the event, and the updated firmware version. Log Cleared event: This log shows UEFI BIOS event logs are cleared. It includes the cause and result of the event. Shutdown / Reboot event: This log shows the UEFI BIOS is successfully shut down or the system is rebooted. It includes the cause and type of the event. 46 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Detect memory retraining Memory retraining is a process to initialize the memory module and run diagnostic tests for the memory module in your computer. The memory retraining might occur during POST if any of the following situations is detected:

Memory module replacement Total Memory Encryption setting change in UEFI BIOS UEFI BIOS update (Memory Reference Code [MRC] change) When memory retraining occurs, the screen cannot display the progress information and might be blank. You might see the LED indicators on ESC, F1, and F4 blinking sequentially to indicate the progress. Do not press the power button to interrupt the process. Wait a few minutes until the logo screen is displayed. Reset system to factory defaults This feature allows you to reset the UEFI BIOS to the factory default settings, including all UEFI BIOS settings and internal data. It helps you wipe user data in case that you want to dispose of or reuse your computer. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Reset System to Factory Defaults and press Enter. 3. Several warning windows might be displayed. Do the following before resetting the system to the factory default settings:

a. Reset the Certificate-based BIOS Authentication. Refer to Certificate based BIOS management on page 43. b. Deactivate the Absolute Persistence Module. c. Remove the NVMe password if your have set one. 4. For computer models with RAID settings, a window is displayed to remind you of data damage. Select Yes to proceed. 5. A window is displayed to confirm all UEFI BIOS settings will be reset. Select Yes to proceed. Note: If the Intel AMT control and Absolute Persistence(R) Module are permanently disabled, these settings cannot be reset successfully. 6. Enter the supervisor password, system management password or power-on password in the window prompted. Your computer will restart immediately. It takes a few minutes to complete the initialization process. Your computer screen might be blank during this process. This is normal and you should not interrupt it. Update UEFI BIOS When you install a new program, device driver, or hardware component, you might need to update UEFI BIOS. Download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. If the latest UEFI BIOS update package is available, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the package. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package. Note: During the UEFI BIOS update process, Memory Reference Code (MRC) change might cause memory retraining. Memory retraining is a process to initialize the memory module and run diagnostic tests for the memory module in your computer. When memory retraining occurs, the screen cant display the progress Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings 47 information and might be blank. You might see the LED indicators on ESC, F1, and F4 blinking sequentially to indicate the progress. Do not press the power button to interrupt the process. Wait a few minutes until the logo screen is displayed. To know more about UEFI BIOS, visit Knowledge Base of your computer at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Install a Windows operating system and drivers This section provides instructions on installing a Windows operating system and device drivers. Install a Windows operating system Microsoft constantly makes updates to the Windows operating system. Before installing a particular Windows version, check the compatibility list for the Windows version. For details, go to https://

support.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/windows-support. Attention:

It is recommended that you update your operating system through official channels. Any unofficial update might cause security risks. The process of installing a new operating system deletes all the data on your internal storage drive, including the data stored in a hidden folder. 1. If you are using the Windows BitLocker Drive Encryption feature and your computer has a Trusted Platform Module, ensure that you have disabled the feature. 2. Ensure that the security chip is set to Active. a. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. b. Select Security Security Chip and press Enter. The Security Chip submenu opens. c. Ensure that the security chip for TPM 2.0 is set to Active. d. Press F10 to save the settings and exit. 3. Connect the drive that contains the operating system installation program to the computer. 4. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 5. Select Startup Boot to display the Boot Priority Order submenu. 6. Select the drive that contains the operating system installation program, for example, USB HDD. Then, press Esc. Attention: After you change the startup sequence, ensure that you select the correct device during a copy, a save, or a format operation. If you select the wrong device, the data on that device might be erased or overwritten. 7. Select Restart and ensure that OS Optimized Defaults is enabled. Then, press F10 to save the settings and exit. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the device drivers and necessary programs. 9. After installing the device drivers, apply Windows Update to get the latest updates, for example the security patches. Install device drivers You should download the latest driver for a component when you notice poor performance from that component or when you added a component. This action might eliminate the driver as the potential cause of a problem. Download and install the latest driver by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. Select the update packages you want, and then follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the packages. 48 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install necessary drivers and software. Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings 49 50 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 6. CRU replacement Customer Replaceable Units (CRUs) are parts that can be replaced by the customer. The computers contain the following types of CRUs:

Self-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be replaced easily by customer themselves or by trained service technicians at an additional cost. Optional-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be replaced by customers with a greater skill level. Trained service technicians can also provide service to replace the parts under the type of warranty designated for the customers machine. If you intend on installing a CRU, Lenovo will ship the CRU to you. CRU information and replacement instructions are shipped with your product and are available from Lenovo at any time upon request. You might be required to return the defective part that is replaced by the CRU. When return is required: (1) return instructions, a prepaid shipping label, and a container will be included with the replacement CRU; and (2) you might be charged for the replacement CRU if Lenovo does not receive the defective CRU within thirty (30) days of your receipt of the replacement CRU. For full details, see the Lenovo Limited Warranty documentation at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. Note: If you want to upgrade your computer, please call Lenovo for support. CRU list The following is a list of CRUs of your computer. Self-service CRUs ac power adapter*

Nano-SIM-card tray*

Power cord*

ThinkPad Pen Pro*

Optional-service CRUs Base cover assembly M.2 solid-state drive M.2 solid-state drive bracket*

Wireless WAN card*

* for selected models Note: Replacement of any parts not listed above, including the built-in rechargeable battery, must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/partnerlocator for more information. Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery Before replacing any CRU, ensure that you disable Fast Startup first and then disable the built-in battery. To disable Fast Startup:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. Copyright Lenovo 2023 51 2. Click Power Options, and then click Choose what the power buttons do on the left pane. 3. Click Change settings that are currently unavailable at the top. 4. If prompted by User Account Control (UAC), click Yes. 5. Clear the Turn on fast startup check box, and then click Save changes. To disable the built-in battery:

1. Restart your computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Config Power. The Power submenu is displayed. 3. Select Disable Built-in Battery and press Enter. 4. Select Yes in the Setup Confirmation window. The built-in battery is disabled and the computer turns off automatically. Wait three to five minutes to let the computer cool. Replace a CRU Follow the replacement procedure to replace a CRU. Base cover assembly Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Notes: Do not remove the base cover assembly in the following situations. Otherwise, there might be a risk of short circuits. When your computer has the removable battery installed When your computer is connected to ac power For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 51. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn over the computer. 4. Remove the removable battery. See on page . 52 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Removal procedure Installation procedure Chapter 6. CRU replacement 53 Troubleshooting If the computer does not start up after you reinstall the base cover assembly, disconnect the ac power adapter and then reconnect it to the computer. Wireless WAN card (for selected models) The following information is only for the computer with user-installable modules. The following information is only for the computer with user-installable modules. Ensure that you use only a Lenovo-authorized wireless module specifically tested for this computer model. Otherwise, the computer will generate an error-code beep sequence when you turn on the computer. Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention: Do not touch the contact edge of the wireless WAN card. Otherwise, the wireless WAN card might get damaged. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 51. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 4. Remove the removable battery. See on page . 5. Remove the base cover assembly. See Base cover assembly on page 52. Removal procedure Note: A Mylar film might cover the wireless WAN card. To access the wireless WAN card, peel off the film first. 54 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide M.2 solid-state drive Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention:

If you replace a M.2 solid-state drive, you might need to install a new operating system. For details on how to install a new operating system, see on page . If your computer is installed with the color profiles, you need to reinstall the color profiles after installing a new operating system, see Use the factory color calibration feature (for selected models) on page 27. If your computer is installed with a hybrid solid-state drive (with Intel Optane memory), go to https://

support.lenovo.com/docs/tg_ssd to know the details on how to replace it. The M.2 solid-state drive is sensitive. Inappropriate handling might cause damage and permanent loss of data. When handling the M.2 solid-state drive, observe the following guidelines:

Replace the M.2 solid-state drive only for upgrade or repair. The M.2 solid-state drive is not designed for frequent changes or replacement. Before replacing the M.2 solid-state drive, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. Do not apply pressure to the M.2 solid-state drive. Do not touch the contact edge or circuit board of the M.2 solid-state drive. Otherwise, the M.2 solid-state drive might get damaged. Do not make the M.2 solid-state drive subject to physical shocks or vibration. Put the M.2 solid-state drive on a soft material, such as cloth, to absorb physical shocks. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 51. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. Chapter 6. CRU replacement 55 4. Remove the bottom cover. See Base cover assembly on page 52. Removal procedure 56 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Chapter 7. Help and support Frequently asked questions Question Solution How do I access Control Panel?

Type Control Panel in the Windows search box and then press Enter. How do I turn off my computer?

Open the Start menu and click Power. Then, click Shut down. How do I partition my storage drive?

https://support.lenovo.com/solutions/ht503851 What do I do if my computer stops responding?

What do I do if I spill liquid on the computer?

1. Press and hold the power button until the computer turns off. Then, restart the computer. 2. If step 1 does not work:

For models with an emergency reset hole: Insert a straightened paper clip into the emergency reset hole to cut off power supply temporarily. Then, restart the computer with ac power connected. For models without an emergency reset hole:

For models with the removable battery, remove the removable battery and disconnect all power sources. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. For models with the built-in battery, disconnect all power sources. Press and hold the power button for about seven seconds. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. 1. Carefully unplug the ac power adapter and turn off the computer immediately. The more quickly you stop the current from passing through the computer the more likely you will reduce damage from short circuits. Attention: Although you might lose some data or work by turning off the computer immediately, leaving the computer on might make your computer unusable. 2. Do not try to drain out the liquid by turning over the computer. If your computer has keyboard drainage holes on the bottom, the liquid will be drained out through the holes. 3. Wait until you are certain that all the liquid is dry before turning on your computer. How do I enter the UEFI BIOS menu?

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Where can I get the latest device drivers and UEFI BIOS?

From the Vantage app. See Install a Windows operating system and drivers on page 48 and Update UEFI BIOS on page 47. Download from Lenovo Support Web site at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2023 57 Error messages If you see a message that is not included in the following table, record the error message first, then shut down the computer and call Lenovo for help. See Lenovo Customer Support Center on page 62. Message Solution 0190: Critical low-battery error The computer turned off because the battery power is low. Connect the ac power adapter to the computer and charge the batteries. 0191: System Security - Invalid remote change requested The system configuration change has failed. Confirm the operation and try again. 0199: System Security - Security password retry count exceeded. This message is displayed when you enter a wrong supervisor password more than three times. Confirm the supervisor password and try again. 0271: Check Date and Time settings. The date or the time is not set in the computer. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu and set the date and time. 210x/211x: Detection/Read error on HDDx/SSDx The storage drive is not working. Reinstall the storage drive. If the problem still exists, replace the storage drive. Note:

This error indicates that the operating system or programs cannot create, modify, or delete data in the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage due to insufficient storage space after POST. The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is used by the UEFI BIOS and by the operating system or programs. This error occurs when the operating system or programs store large amounts of data in the variable storage. All data needed for POST, such as UEFI BIOS setup settings, chipset, or platform configuration data, are stored in a separate UEFI variable storage. Press F1 after the error message is displayed to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. A dialog asks for confirmation to clean up the storage. If you select Yes, all data that were created by the operating system or programs will be deleted except global variables defined by the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification. If you select No, all data will be kept, but the operating system or programs will not be able to create, modify, or delete data in the storage. If this error happens at a service center, Lenovo authorized service personnel will clean up the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage using the preceding solution. The thermal fan might not work correctly. After the error message is displayed, press ESC within five seconds to start up the computer with limited performance. Otherwise, the computer will shut down immediately. If the problem still exists when you starts up next time, have your computer serviced. Error: The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is nearly full. Fan error. Press ESC to startup with limited performance. 58 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Beep errors Lenovo SmartBeep technology enables you to decode beep errors with your smartphone when a black screen occurs with beeps from your computer. To decode the beep error with Lenovo SmartBeep technology:

1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/smartbeep or scan the following QR Code. 2. Download the proper diagnostic app and install it on your smartphone. 3. Run the diagnostic app and place the smartphone near the computer. 4. Press Fn on your computer to emit the beep again. The diagnostic app decodes the beep error and shows possible solutions on the smartphone. Note: Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or product documentation. Only use a Lenovo-authorized service provider to repair your product. Chapter 7. Help and support 59 Self-help resources Use the following self-help resources to learn more about the computer and troubleshoot problems. Resources How to access?

Troubleshooting and FAQ https://www.lenovo.com/tips https://forums.lenovo.com Accessibility information https://www.lenovo.com/accessibility Use Lenovo recovery options. 1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/

HowToCreateLenovoRecovery. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Use Windows recovery options. 1. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. 2. Detect your computer or manually select your computer model. 3. Navigate to the troubleshooting menu to diagnose the operating system for recovery instructions. Type Vantage in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Then, follow the on-

screen instructions to filter out the documentation you want. Reset or restore Windows Use the Vantage app to:

Configure device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, drivers, and firmware updates. Secure your computer from outside threats. Diagnose hardware problems. Check the computer warranty status. Access User Guide and helpful articles. Note: The available features vary depending on the computer model. Product documentation:

Safety and Warranty Guide Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Setup Guide This User Guide Regulatory Notice 60 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Resources How to access?

Lenovo Support Web site with the latest support information of the following:

Drivers and software Diagnostic solutions Product and service warranty Product and parts details Knowledge base and frequently asked questions https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Windows help information Windows label Open the Start menu and click Get Help or Tips. Use Windows Search or the Cortana personal assistant. Microsoft support Web site: https://

support.microsoft.com Your computer might have a Windows Genuine Microsoft label affixed to its cover depending on the following factors:

Your geographic location Edition of Windows that is preinstalled Go to https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/howtotell/Hardware.aspx for illustrations of the various types of Genuine Microsoft labels. In the Peoples Republic of China, the Genuine Microsoft label is required on all computer models preinstalled with any edition of the Windows operating system. In other countries and regions, the Genuine Microsoft label is required only on computer models licensed for Windows Pro editions. The absence of a Genuine Microsoft label does not indicate that the preinstalled Windows version is not genuine. For details on how to tell whether your preinstalled Windows product is genuine, refer to the information provided by Microsoft at https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/howtotell/default.aspx. There are no external, visual indicators of the Product ID or Windows version for which the computer is licensed. Instead, the Product ID is recorded in the computer firmware. Whenever a Windows product is installed, the installation program checks the computer firmware for a valid, matching Product ID to complete the activation. In some cases, an earlier Windows version might be preinstalled under the terms of the Windows Pro edition license downgrade rights. Call Lenovo If you have tried to correct the problem yourself and still need help, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center. Before you contact Lenovo Prepare the following before you contact Lenovo:

1. Record the problem symptoms and details:

Chapter 7. Help and support 61 What is the problem? Is it continuous or intermittent?

Any error message or error code?

What operating system are you using? Which version?

Which software applications were running at the time of the problem?

Can the problem be reproduced? If so, how?

2. Record the system information:

Product name Machine type and serial number The following illustration shows where to find the machine type and serial number of your computer. Lenovo Customer Support Center During the warranty period, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center for help. Telephone numbers For a list of the Lenovo Support phone numbers for your country or region, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist for the latest phone numbers. Note: Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. If the number for your country or region is not provided, contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative. Services available during the warranty period Problem determination - Trained personnel are available to assist you with determining if you have a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the problem. Lenovo hardware repair - If the problem is determined to be caused by Lenovo hardware under warranty, trained service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service. Engineering change management - Occasionally, there might be changes that are required after a product has been sold. Lenovo or your reseller, if authorized by Lenovo, will make selected Engineering Changes

(ECs) that apply to your hardware available. 62 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Services not covered Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for or by Lenovo or nonwarranted parts Identification of software problem sources Configuration of UEFI BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade Changes, modifications, or upgrades to device drivers Installation and maintenance of network operating systems (NOS) Installation and maintenance of programs For the terms and conditions of the Lenovo Limited Warranty that apply to your Lenovo hardware product, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantylookup Purchase additional services During and after the warranty period, you can purchase additional services from Lenovo at https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantyupgrade. Service availability and service name might vary by country or region. Chapter 7. Help and support 63 64 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Appendix A. Compliance information For compliance information, refer to Regulatory Notice at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and Generic Safety and Compliance Notices at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/docs/generic_notices. Certification-related information Table 1. Intel models Product name Compliance ID Machine type(s) ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 TP00145A / TP00145A01 21EX and 21EY ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 TP00146B / TP00146B01 21F2 and 21F3 Table 2. AMD models Product name Compliance ID Machine type(s) ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 TP00145B / TP00145B01 21J3 and 21J4 1 for India only Further compliance information related to your product is available at https://www.lenovo.com/compliance. Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas Your computer has an UltraConnect wireless antenna system. You can enable wireless communication wherever you are. Copyright Lenovo 2023 65 The following illustration shows the antenna locations on ThinkPad X13 Gen 4:

1 Wireless LAN antenna (auxiliary)*

2 Wireless LAN antenna (main)*

3 Wireless LAN antenna (auxiliary)*

4 Wireless LAN antenna (main)*

5 Wireless WAN antenna (MIMO1)*

6 Wireless WAN antenna (auxiliary)*

7 Wireless WAN antenna (auxiliary)*

8 Wireless WAN antenna (MIMO2)*

* for selected models 66 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide The following illustration shows the antenna locations on ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4:

1 Wireless LAN antenna (main and auxiliary) 2 Wireless WAN antenna (auxiliary)*

3 Wireless WAN antenna (main)*

* for selected models Operating environment Maximum altitude (without pressurization) 3048 m (10 000 ft) Temperature Operating: 5C to 35C (41F to 95F) Storage and transportation in original shipping packaging: -20C to 60C (-4F to 140F) Storage without packaging: 5C to 43C (41F to 109F) Note: When you charge the battery, its temperature must be no lower than 10C (50F). Appendix A. Compliance information 67 Relative humidity Operating: 8% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 23C (73F) Storage and transportation: 5% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 27C (81F) 68 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide Appendix B. Notices and trademarks Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent programs covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

Lenovo (United States), Inc. 8001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. Changes are made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. To provide better service, Lenovo reserves the right to improve and/or modify the products and software programs described in the manuals included with your computer, and the content of the manual, at any time without additional notice. The software interface and function and hardware configuration described in the manuals included with your computer might not match exactly the actual configuration of the computer that you purchase. For the configuration of the product, refer to the related contract (if any) or product packing list, or consult the distributor for the product sales. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Copyright Lenovo 2023 69 Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. This document is copyrighted by Lenovo and is not covered by any open source license, including any Linux agreement(s) which may accompany software included with this product. Lenovo may update this document at any time without notice. For the latest information or any questions or comments, contact or visit the Lenovo Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD, THINKPAD logo, TRACKPOINT, and ULTRACONNECT are trademarks of Lenovo. Intel, Intel Optane, and Thunderbolt are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the U.S. and/or other countries. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft, Microsoft Teams, Windows, BitLocker, and Cortana are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Mini DisplayPort (mDP) and DisplayPort are trademarks of the Video Electronics Standards Association. NVIDIA is a registered trademark of NVIDIA Corporation. Dolby, Dolby Voice, Dolby Audio and Dolby Atmos are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. USB-C is a registered trademark of USB Implementers Forum. Wi-

Fi and Miracast are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 70 X13 Gen 4 and X13 Yoga Gen 4 User Guide

Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Read this first These notices provide safety and compliance information about Lenovo notebook computers, tablets, desktop computers, and workstations. Depending on the model, some information might not be applicable to your product. For additional legal notices, refer to User Guide of your product at https://

support.lenovo.com. Documentation content is subject to change without notice. To get the latest documentation, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Third Edition (March 2021) Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents

. 8

. 9

. 8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

. 3

. 4

. . . . 5

. 6

. 6

. 7

. 7

. 7

. . . . . . . Chapter 1. Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Safety notices . 1

. . Important information about using your computer

(for notebook computers) . . Conditions that require immediate action . Service and upgrades . . Power cord notice (for desktop computers and

. . workstations) . Power cords and power adapters . . Extension cords and related devices. . . Plugs and outlets . . . Power supply statement External devices

. . General battery notice (for notebook computers

. and tablets) Notice for removable rechargeable battery (for

. selected notebook computers) . Notice for built-in rechargeable battery (for selected notebook computers and tablets)

. Lithium coin-cell battery notice (for selected

. . models) . . Heat and product ventilation (for desktop computers and workstations)

. Heat and product ventilation (for notebook

. . . computers and tablets) . Electrical current safety information . . . Laser safety information (for selected models) . . Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for desktop computers and workstations) Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for notebook computers and tablets) . Use earphones, headphones, or a headset . . Choking hazard notice . . Plastic bag notice . . Glass parts notice . . . Computer placement notices . Hazardous energy statement (for desktop computers and workstations)

. Tip-over hazard prevention notice (for desktop computers and workstations)

. Static electricity prevention . . Cleaning and maintenance (for desktop computers and workstations) . . Cleaning and maintenance (for notebook computers and tablets) . 13

. 14

. 14

. 15

. 15

. 15

. . . . . . . 11

. 12

. 13

. . . . . 16

. 16

. . . . . 10

. 13

. 18

. 15

. 16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

. Chapter 2. Compliance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

. 21 Radio frequency compliance statements . . Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 Environmental information. . . . Electromagnetic emission notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless-related information . European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK)

. Radio Equipment Compliance . Brazil . . Mexico . . Singapore . Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

. Suppliers Declaration of Conformity . . Industry Canada compliance statement

. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Electromagnetic Compatibility

. Compliance . . . German Class B compliance statement. Japan VCCI Class B compliance statement . Japan compliance statement for products which connect to the power mains with rated current less than or equal to 20 A per phase . Japan notice for ac power cord . Recycling and environmental information . Important battery recycling and WEEE information . EU ErP (EcoDesign) Directive (2009/125/EC) -

external power adapters (Regulation (EU) 2019/1782), Ecodesign for Energy-Related Products Regulations 2010 - UK SI 2010 No. 2617 (Ext PSU), SI 2020 No. 485 (Ntwk Standby), SI 2014 No. 1290 as amended . Japan recycling statements . Recycling information for Brazil . Recycling information for mainland China . Battery recycling information for Taiwan . Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada (for selected models) . Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)

. Directive of countries and regions . ENERGY STAR model information. . . . Eye comfort (for desktop computers and workstations) . . . Remote control (for selected desktop

. . computers and workstations). Export classification notice . . Lenovo product service information for

. . . Taiwan . . Taiwan precautionary vision statement . Keyboard and mouse compliance statement for Taiwan (for desktop computers and

. . . workstations) . Supplemental information for the Eurasian

. Union (for selected models)

. Brazil audio notice . . . . . . . . . . Other compliance information . . 21

. 22

. 22

. 22

. 22

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 25

. 26

. 26

. 27

. 27

. 27

. 28

. 28

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 34

. 35

. 35

. 35 i Korea radio frequency compliance

. . statement

. . Regulatory labels . . . . . . 35

. 36 Appendix A. TCO Certified . . . . . . 37 Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information . . . . . . . . 39 Appendix C. Notices and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 ii Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Chapter 1. Important safety information Safety notices This information can help you safely use your computer. Follow and retain all information included with your computer. The information in this document does not alter the terms of your purchase agreement or the Limited Warranty. For more information, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantylookup Customer safety is important. Our products are developed to be safe and effective. However, personal computers are electronic devices. Power cords, power adapters, and other features can create potential safety risks that can result in physical injury or property damage, especially if misused. To reduce these risks, follow the instructions included with your product, observe all warnings on the product and in the operating instructions, and review the information included in this document carefully. By carefully following the information contained in this document and provided with your product, you can help protect yourself from hazards and create a safer computer work environment. If the computer is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the computer may be impaired. Note: This information includes references to power adapters and batteries. In addition, some products

(such as speakers and monitors) ship with external power adapters. If you have such a product, this information applies to your product. In addition, computer products contain a coin-sized internal battery that provides power to the system clock even when the computer is unplugged, so the battery safety information applies to all computer products. Important information about using your computer (for notebook computers) Ensure that you follow the important tips given here to get the most use and enjoyment out of your computer. Failure to do so might lead to discomfort or injury, or cause the computer to fail. Protect yourself from the heat that your computer generates. When your computer is turned on or the battery is charging, the base, the palm rest, and some other parts may become hot. The temperature they reach depends on the amount of system activity and the level of charge in the battery. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort or even a skin burn. Avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for any extended time. For selected notebook computers, refer to User Guide for the recommended contact time at https://support.lenovo.com. Periodically take your hands away from the keyboard by lifting your hands from the palm rest. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 1 Protect yourself from the heat generated by the ac power adapter. Prevent your computer from getting wet. Protect the cables from being damaged. Protect your computer and data when moving it. When the ac power adapter is connected to an electrical outlet and your computer, it generates heat. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, may cause a skin burn. Do not place the ac power adapter in contact with any part of your body while it is in use. Never use it to warm your body. Do not wrap the cords around the ac power adapter while in use. To avoid spills and the danger of electrical shock, keep liquids away from your computer. Applying strong force to cables may damage or break them. Route communication lines, or the cables of an ac power adapter, a mouse, a keyboard, a printer, or any other electronic device, so that they cannot be walked on, tripped over, pinched by your computer or other objects, or in any way subject to treatment that could interfere with the operation of your computer. Before moving a computer equipped with a storage drive, do one of the following:

Turn it off. Put it in sleep mode. Put it in hibernation mode. This helps to prevent damage to the computer, and possible loss of data. 2 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Handle your computer gently. Carry your computer carefully. Do not drop, bump, scratch, twist, hit, vibrate, push, or place heavy objects on your computer, display, or external devices. Use a quality carrying case that provides adequate cushioning and protection. Do not pack your computer in a tightly packed suitcase or bag. Before putting your computer in a carrying case, make sure that it is off, in sleep mode, or in hibernation mode. Do not put a computer in a carrying case while it is turned on. Conditions that require immediate action Products can become damaged due to misuse or neglect. Some product damage is serious enough that the product should not be used again until it has been inspected and, if necessary, repaired by an authorized servicer. As with any electronic device, pay close attention to the product when it is turned on. On very rare occasions, you might notice an odor or see a puff of smoke or sparks vent from your product. You might also hear sounds like popping, cracking, or hissing. These might merely mean that an internal electronic component has failed in a safe and controlled manner. Or, they might indicate a potential safety issue. Do not take risks or attempt to diagnose the situation yourself. Contact the Customer Support Center for further guidance. For a list of Service and Support phone numbers, see the following Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist Frequently inspect your computer and its components for damage, wear, or signs of danger. If you have any question about the condition of a component, do not use the product. Contact the Customer Support Center or the product manufacturer for instructions on how to inspect the product and have it repaired, if necessary. In the unlikely event that you notice any of the following conditions, or if you have any safety concerns with your product, stop using the product and unplug it from the power source and telecommunication lines until you can speak to the Customer Support Center for further guidance. Chapter 1. Important safety information 3 Power cords, plugs, power adapters, extension cords, surge protectors, or power supplies that are cracked, broken, or damaged. Signs of overheating, smoke, sparks, or fire. Damage to a battery (such as cracks, dents, or creases), discharge from a battery, or a buildup of foreign substances on the battery. A cracking, hissing, or popping sound, or strong odor that comes from the product. Signs that liquid has been spilled or an object has fallen onto the computer product, the power cord, or power adapter. The computer product, power cord, or power adapter has been exposed to water. The product has been dropped or damaged in any way. The product does not operate normally when you follow the operating instructions. Note: If you notice these conditions with a product (such as an extension cord) that is not manufactured for or by Lenovo, stop using that product until you can contact the product manufacturer for further instructions, or until you get a suitable replacement. Service and upgrades Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or your documentation. Only use a Service Provider who is approved to repair your particular product. Note: Some computer parts can be upgraded or replaced by the customer. Upgrades typically are referred to as options. Replacement parts approved for customer installation are referred to as Customer Replaceable Units, or CRUs. Lenovo provides documentation with instructions when it is appropriate for customers to install options or replace CRUs. You must closely follow all instructions when installing or replacing parts. The Off state of a power indicator does not necessarily mean that voltage levels inside a product are zero. Before you remove the covers from a product equipped with a power cord, always ensure that the power is turned off and that the product is unplugged from any power source. If you have any questions or concerns, contact the Customer Support Center. Although there are no moving parts in your computer after the power cord has been disconnected, the following warnings are required for your safety. Keep fingers and other parts of your body away from hazardous, moving parts. If you suffer an injury, seek medical care immediately. Do not touch hot surface of hot components inside the computer. During operation, some components become hot enough to burn the skin. Before you open the computer cover, turn off the computer, disconnect power, and wait approximately 10 minutes for the components to cool. After replacing a CRU, reinstall all protective covers, including the computer cover, before connecting power and operating the computer. This action is important to help prevent unexpected electrical shock and help ensure the containment of an unexpected fire that could happen under extremely rare conditions. 4 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices When replacing CRUs, be cautious of sharp edges or corners that might cause injury. If you suffer an injury, seek medical care immediately. Power cord notice (for desktop computers and workstations) Note: The power cord and adapter provided with this product are intended to be used with this product only. Do not use them with any other products. For your safety, Lenovo provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this product. To avoid electrical shock, always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet. Power cords provided by Lenovo in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriters Laboratories

(UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA). For units intended to be operated at 115 volts: Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade, grounding-type attachment plug rated 10 amperes, 125 volts. For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (U.S. use): Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade, grounding-type attachment plug rated 10 amperes, 250 volts. For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (outside the U.S.): Use a cord set with a grounding-type attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed. Power cords provided by Lenovo for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region. For units intended to be operated in Germany: The power cords must be safety approved. For Germany, it must be H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75 mm2, or better. For other countries, the suitable types must be used accordingly. For units intended to be operated in Denmark: Use a cord set with a grounding-type attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed. For units intended to be operated in Norway, Sweden, Finland: Use a cord set with a two-prong attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed. If you intend to use your PC in a country or region that is different from your ordering location, please purchase an additional Lenovo power cord for the country or region where the PC will be used. Refer to the power cord guide provided in our Web site, https://pcsupport.lenovo.com, for details. Some countries and regions support multiple voltages, so make sure you order the appropriate power cord for the intended voltage. Chapter 1. Important safety information 5 Power cords and power adapters DANGER Use only the power cords and power adapters supplied by the product manufacturer. The power cords shall be safety approved. For Germany, it shall be H03VV-F, 3G, 0.75 mm2, or better. For other countries, the suitable types shall be used accordingly. Never wrap a power cord around a power adapter or other object. Doing so can stress the cord in ways that can cause the cord to fray, crack, or crimp. This can present a safety hazard. Always route power cords so that they will not be walked on, tripped over, or pinched by objects. Protect power cords and power adapters from liquids. For instance, do not leave your power cord or power adapter near sinks, tubs, toilets, or on floors that are cleaned with liquid cleansers. Liquids can cause a short circuit, particularly if the power cord or power adapter has been stressed by misuse. Liquids also can cause gradual corrosion of power cord terminals and/or the connector terminals on a power adapter, which can eventually result in overheating. Ensure that all power cord connectors are securely and completely plugged into receptacles. Do not use any power adapter that shows corrosion at the ac input pins or shows signs of overheating (such as deformed plastic) at the ac input pins or anywhere on the power adapter. Do not use any power cords where the electrical contacts on either end show signs of corrosion or overheating or where the power cord appears to have been damaged in any way. To prevent possible overheating, do not cover the power adapter with clothing or other objects when the power adapter is plugged into an electrical outlet. Extension cords and related devices Ensure that extension cords, surge protectors, uninterruptible power supplies, and power strips that you use are rated to handle the electrical requirements of the product. Never overload these devices. If power strips are used, the load should not exceed the power strip input rating. Consult an electrician for more information if you have questions about power loads, power requirements, and input ratings. 6 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Plugs and outlets DANGER If a receptacle (power outlet) that you intend to use with your computer equipment appears to be damaged or corroded, do not use the outlet until it is replaced by a qualified electrician. Do not bend or modify the plug. If the plug is damaged, contact the manufacturer to obtain a replacement. Do not share an electrical outlet with other home or commercial appliances that draw large amounts of electricity; otherwise, unstable voltage might damage your computer, data, or attached devices. Some products are equipped with a three-pronged plug. This plug fits only into a grounded electrical outlet. This is a safety feature. Do not defeat this safety feature by trying to insert it into a non-grounded outlet. If you cannot insert the plug into the outlet, contact an electrician for an approved outlet adapter or to replace the outlet with one that enables this safety feature. Never overload an electrical outlet. The overall system load should not exceed 80 percent of the branch circuit rating. Consult an electrician for more information if you have questions about power loads and branch circuit ratings. Be sure that the power outlet you are using is properly wired, easily accessible, and located close to the equipment. Do not fully extend power cords in a way that will stress the cords. Be sure that the power outlet provides the correct voltage and current for the product you are installing. Carefully connect and disconnect the equipment from the electrical outlet. Power supply statement Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached. Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact a service technician. External devices CAUTION:

Do not connect or disconnect any external device cables other than Universal Serial Bus (USB) and 1394 cables while the computer power is on; otherwise, you might damage your computer. To avoid possible damage to attached devices, wait at least five seconds after the computer is shut down to disconnect external devices. Chapter 1. Important safety information 7 General battery notice (for notebook computers and tablets) DANGER Batteries supplied by Lenovo for use with your product have been tested for compatibility and should only be replaced with approved parts. A battery other than the one specified by Lenovo, or a disassembled or modified battery is not covered by the warranty. Battery abuse or mishandling can cause overheat, liquid leakage, or an explosion. To avoid possible injury:

Do not open, dissemble, or service any battery. Do not crush or puncture the battery. Do not short-circuit the battery, or expose it to water or other liquids. Keep the battery away from children. Keep the battery away from fire. Stop using the battery if it is damaged, or if you notice any discharge or the buildup of foreign materials on the battery leads. Store the rechargeable batteries or products containing the rechargeable batteries at room temperature, charged to approximately 30 to 50% of capacity. We recommend that the batteries be charged about once per year to prevent overdischarge. Do not put the battery in trash that is disposed of in landfills. When disposing of the battery, comply with local ordinances or regulations. Notice for removable rechargeable battery (for selected notebook computers) DANGER Only recharge the battery strictly according to instructions included in the product documentation. If the battery is incorrectly replaced, there is danger of an explosion. The battery contains a small amount of harmful substances. 8 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Notice for built-in rechargeable battery (for selected notebook computers and tablets) DANGER Do not attempt to remove or replace the built-in rechargeable battery. Replacement of the battery must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Only recharge the battery strictly according to instructions included in the product documentation. The Lenovo-authorized repair facilities or technicians recycle Lenovo batteries according to local laws and regulations. Lithium coin-cell battery notice (for selected models) DANGER Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. If the coin-cell battery is not a CRU, do not attempt to replace the coin-cell battery. Replacement of the battery must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. The Lenovo-authorized repair facilities or technicians recycle Lenovo batteries according to local laws and regulations. When replacing the lithium coin-cell battery, use only the same type or equivalent type that is recommended by the manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of. Swallowing the lithium coin-cell battery will cause chocking or severe internal burns in just two hours and might even result in death. Keep batteries away from children. If the lithium coin-cell battery is swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek medical care immediately. Do not:

Throw or immerse into water Heat to more than 100 C (212F) Repair or disassemble Leave in an extremely low air pressure environment Leave in an extremely high-temperature environment Crush, puncture, cut, or incinerate Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations. The following statement applies to users in the state of California, U.S.A. Chapter 1. Important safety information 9 California Perchlorate Information:

Products containing manganese dioxide lithium coin-cell batteries may contain perchlorate. Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see https://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/

perchlorate/. Heat and product ventilation (for desktop computers and workstations) Computers, power adapters, and many accessories can generate heat when turned on and when batteries are charging. Always follow these basic precautions:

Do not leave your computer, power adapter, or accessories in contact with your lap or any part of your body for an extended period when the products are functioning or when the battery is charging. Your computer, power adapter, and many accessories produce some heat during normal operation. Extended contact with the body could cause discomfort or, potentially, a skin burn. Do not charge the battery or operate your computer, power adapter, or accessories near flammable materials or in explosive environments. Ventilation slots, fans, and heat sinks are provided with the product for safety, comfort, and reliable operation. These features might inadvertently become blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, carpet, or other flexible surface. Never block, cover, or disable these features. Inspect your desktop computer for dust accumulation at least once every three months. Before inspecting your computer, turn off the power and unplug the computer's power cord from the electrical outlet; then remove any dust from vents and perforations in the bezel. If you notice external dust accumulation, then examine and remove dust from the inside of the computer including heat sink inlet fins, power supply vents, and fans. Always turn off and unplug the computer before opening the cover. If possible, avoid operating your computer within two feet of high-traffic areas. If you must operate your computer in or near a high-traffic area, inspect and, if necessary, clean your computer more frequently. For your safety and to maintain optimum computer performance, always follow these basic precautions with your desktop computer:

Keep the cover closed whenever the computer is plugged in. Regularly inspect the outside of the computer for dust accumulation. Remove dust from vents and any perforations in the bezel. More frequent cleanings might be required for computers in dusty or high-traffic areas. Do not restrict or block any ventilation openings. Do not store or operate your computer inside furniture, as this might increase the risk of overheating. Airflow temperatures into the computer should not exceed 35C (95F). Do not install air filtration devices. They may interfere with proper cooling. 10 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Heat and product ventilation (for notebook computers and tablets) DANGER Computers, ac power adapters, and many accessories can generate heat when turned on and when batteries are charging. Notebook computers can generate a significant amount of heat due to their compact size. Always follow these basic precautions:

When your computer is turned on or the battery is charging, the base, the palm rest, and some other parts may become hot. Avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for any extended length of time. When you use the keyboard, avoid keeping your palms on the palm rest for a prolonged period of time. Your computer generates some heat during normal operation. The amount of heat depends on the amount of system activity and the battery charge level. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort or even a skin burn. Periodically take breaks from using the keyboard by lifting your hands from the palm rest; and be careful not to use the keyboard for any extended length of time. Do not operate your computer or charge the battery near flammable materials or in explosive environments. Ventilation slots, fans and/or heat sinks are provided with the product for safety, comfort, and reliable operation. These features might inadvertently become blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, carpet, or other flexible surface. Never block, cover, or disable these features. When the ac power adapter is connected to an electrical outlet and your computer, it generates heat. Do not place the adapter in contact with any part of your body while using it. Never use the ac power adapter to warm your body. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, may cause a skin burn. For your safety, always follow these basic precautions with your computer:

Keep the cover closed whenever the computer is plugged in. Regularly inspect the outside of the computer for dust accumulation. Remove dust from vents and any perforations in the bezel. More frequent cleanings might be required for computers in dusty or high-traffic areas. Do not restrict or block any ventilation openings. Do not operate your computer inside furniture, as this might increase the risk of overheating. Airflow temperatures into the computer should not exceed 35C (95F). Chapter 1. Important safety information 11 Electrical current safety information DANGER Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid a shock hazard:

Do not use your computer during a lightning storm. Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation, maintenance, or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm. Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet. Connect properly wired outlets to any equipment that will be attached to this product. Whenever possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables. Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, or structural damage. Disconnect the attached power cords, battery, and all the cables before you open the device covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures. Do not use your computer until all internal parts enclosures are fastened into place. Never use the computer when internal parts and circuits are exposed. DANGER Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following procedures when installing, moving, or opening covers on this product or attached devices. To connect:

To disconnect:

1. Turn everything OFF. 1. Turn everything OFF. 2. First, attach all cables to devices. 2. First, remove power cords from outlets. 3. Attach signal cables to connectors. 3. Remove signal cables from connectors. 4. Attach power cords to outlets. 4. Remove all cables from devices. 5. Turn devices ON. The power cord must be disconnected from the wall outlet or receptacle before installing all other electrical cables connected to the computer. The power cord may be reconnected to the wall outlet or receptacle only after all other electrical cables have been connected to the computer. DANGER During electrical storms, do not perform any replacement and do not connect the telephone cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. 12 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Laser safety information (for selected models) CAUTION:

When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or transmitters) are installed, note the following:

Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device. Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure. DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3B laser diode. Note the following:

Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam. Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for desktop computers and workstations) DANGER To avoid shock hazards:

Do not remove the covers. Do not operate this product unless the stand is attached. Do not connect or disconnect this product during an electrical storm. The power cord plug must be connected to a properly wired and grounded power outlet. Any equipment to which this product will be attached must also be connected to properly wired and grounded power outlets. To isolate the monitor from the electrical supply, you must remove the plug from the power outlet. The power outlet should be easily accessible. If your monitor weighs more than 18 kg (39.68 lb), we recommend that it be moved or lifted by two people. The fluorescent lamp in the liquid crystal display contains mercury; dispose according to local, state, or Handling:

Product disposal (TFT monitors):

federal laws. Battery warnings:

Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for notebook computers and tablets) CAUTION:

Chapter 1. Important safety information 13 The liquid crystal display (LCD) is made of glass, and rough handling or dropping the computer can cause the LCD to break. If the LCD breaks and the internal fluid gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately wash the affected areas with water for at least 15 minutes; if any symptoms are present after washing, get medical care. Note: For products with mercury-containing fluorescent lamps (for example, non-LED), the fluorescent lamp in the liquid crystal display (LCD) contains mercury; dispose of according to local, state, or federal laws. Use earphones, headphones, or a headset If your computer has both a headphone connector and an audio line-out connector, always use the headphone connector for earphones, headphones, or a headset. However, the headphone connector does not support the microphone of the headset. If your computer has both a headset connector and an audio line-out connector, always use the headset connector for earphones, headphones, or a headset. Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Adjustment of the equalizer to maximum increases the earphone and headphone output voltage and the sound pressure level. Therefore, to protect your hearing, adjust the equalizer to an appropriate level. Excessive use of headphones or earphones for a long period of time at high volume can be dangerous if the output of the headphone or earphone connectors do not comply with specifications of EN 50332-2. The headphone output connector of your computer complies with EN 50332-2 Sub clause 7. This specification limits the computers maximum wide band true RMS output voltage to 150 mV. To help protect against hearing loss, ensure that the headphones or earphones you use also comply with EN 50332-2 (Clause 7 Limits) or a wide band characteristic voltage of 75 mV. Using headphones that do not comply with EN 50332-

2 can be dangerous due to excessive sound pressure levels. If your Lenovo computer came with headphones or earphones in the package, as a set, the combination of the headphones or earphones and the computer already complies with the specifications of EN 50332-1. If different headphones or earphones are used, ensure that they comply with EN 50332-1 (Clause 6.5 Limitation Values). Using headphones that do not comply with EN 50332-1 can be dangerous due to excessive sound pressure levels. Choking hazard notice CHOKING HAZARD Product contains small parts. Keep away from children under three years. 14 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Plastic bag notice DANGER Glass parts notice Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation. CAUTION:

Some parts of your product may be made of glass. This glass could break if the product is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your product until the glass is replaced by trained service personnel. Computer placement notices Inappropriate computer placement might cause harm to children. Place the computer on a sturdy piece of low-rise furniture or furniture that has been anchored. Do not place the computer at the edge of the furniture. Keep the computer cables out of the reach of children. Some items, such as toys, might attract children. Keep such items away from the computer. Supervise children in rooms where the above safety instructions cannot be fully implemented. Hazardous energy statement (for desktop computers and workstations) Disconnect all power cords from electrical outlets before removing the computer cover or any part that has the above label attached. DO NOT disassemble components that have the above label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. Your product is designed for safe use. However, hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached. Disassembling of these components might cause fire or might even result in death. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact a service technician. DANGER CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Bright Light, possible skin or eye damage. Disconnect power before servicing. Chapter 1. Important safety information 15 Infrared Light, possible skin or eye damage. Disconnect power before servicing. Tip-over hazard prevention notice (for desktop computers and workstations) The computer may cause harm to children if it is not located in an appropriate place. Follow the tips below to protect children from harm caused by the computer tipping over:

Place the computers or monitors on sturdy furniture with a low base or furniture that has been anchored. Push the computers or monitors as far from the edge of the furniture as possible. Keep remote controls, toys, and other items that might attract children away from the computers or monitors Keep the computer or monitor cables out the reach of the children. Supervise children in rooms where these safety tips have not been followed. CAUTION:

Some parts of your product may be made of glass. This glass could break if the product is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If glass breaks, do not touch it or attempt to remove it. Stop using your product until the glass is replaced by trained service personnel. Static electricity prevention Static electricity, although harmless to you, can seriously damage computer components and options. Improper handling of static-sensitive parts can damage the part. When you unpack an option or CRU, do not open the static-protective package containing the part until the instructions direct you to install it. When you handle options or CRUs, or perform any work inside the computer, take the following precautions to avoid static-electricity damage:

Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you. Always handle components carefully. Handle adapters, memory modules, and other circuit boards by the edges. Never touch exposed circuitry. Prevent others from touching components. When you install a static-sensitive option or CRU, touch the static-protective packaging containing the part to a metal expansion-slot cover or other unpainted metal surface on the computer for at least two seconds. This reduces static electricity in the package and your body. When possible, remove the static-sensitive part from the static-protective packaging and install the part without setting it down. When this is not possible, place the static-protective packaging on a smooth, level surface and place the part on it. Do not place the part on the computer cover or other metal surface. Cleaning and maintenance (for desktop computers and workstations) With appropriate care and maintenance, your computer will serve you reliably. The following topics offer information to help you keep your computer working with best performance. Basic maintenance tips Here are some basic points about keeping your computer functioning properly:

Keep the computer in a clean, dry environment. Ensure that the computer rests on a flat, steady surface. Do not cover any of air vents. These air vents provide airflow to keep the computer from overheating. 16 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Keep electrical appliances such as an electric fan, radio, high-powered speakers, air conditioner, and microwave oven away from your computer because the strong magnetic fields generated by these appliances can damage the monitor and data on the storage drive. Keep food and drinks away from all parts of the computer. Food particles and spills might make the keyboard and mouse stick and unusable. Do not get the power switches or other controls wet. Moisture can damage these parts and cause an electrical hazard. Always disconnect a power cord by grasping the plug instead of the cord. Keep the computer software, device drivers, and operating system up-to-date. Empty your recycle bin on a regular basis. Clean out your Inbox, Sent Items, and Deleted Items folders in your e-mail application on a regular basis. Clean up files and free up storage drive space and memory space occasionally to prevent performance problems. Keep a log book. Entries might include major software or hardware changes, device-driver updates, intermittent problems and what you did to resolve them, and other issues you might have experienced. The cause of a problem might be change in hardware, change in software, or any other actions that might have taken place. A log book can help you or a Lenovo technician determine the cause of a problem. Back up your data on the storage drive regularly. You can restore the storage drive from a backup. Create a recovery medium as early as possible. You can use the recovery medium to recover your operating system. Get the most up-to-date operating system update patches, software programs, and device drivers. Maintenance tips about moving the computer Before moving the computer, take the following precautions:

1. Back up your data on the storage drive. 2. Remove any media from the drives and turn off all connected devices and the computer. Then, disconnect all power cords from electrical outlets and disconnect all cables that are connected to the computer. 3. If you saved the original shipping cartons and packing materials, use them to pack the units. If you are using different cartons, cushion the units to avoid damage. When you move the computer to another country or region, you must take local electrical standards into consideration. If the local electrical outlet style is different from the type you are currently using, contact the Lenovo Customer Support Center to purchase either an electrical plug adapter or a new power cord. Clean your computer CAUTION:

Remove any media from the drives and turn off all connected devices and the computer. Then, disconnect all power cords from electrical outlets and disconnect all cables that are connected to the computer. It is a good practice to clean your computer periodically to protect the surfaces and ensure trouble-free operation. Clean the computer surface: Wipe it with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. Avoid applying liquids directly to the surface. Clean the keyboard: Wipe the keys one by one with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. If you wipe several keys at a time, the cloth might hook onto an adjacent key and possibly damage it. Avoid Chapter 1. Important safety information 17 spraying cleaner directly onto the keyboard. To remove any crumbs or dust from beneath the keys, you can use a camera blower with a brush or use cool air from a hair dryer. Clean the computer screen: Scratches, oil, dust, chemicals, and ultraviolet light can affect the performance of your computer screen. Use a dry, soft lint-free cloth to wipe the screen gently. If you see a scratchlike mark on your screen, it might be a stain. Wipe or dust the stain gently with a soft, dry cloth. If the stain remains, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water or eyeglass cleaner, but do not apply liquids directly to your computer screen. Ensure that the computer screen is dry before closing it. Cleaning and maintenance (for notebook computers and tablets) With appropriate care and maintenance, your computer will serve you reliably. The following topics offer information to help you keep your computer working with best performance. Basic maintenance tips Here are some basic points about keeping your computer functioning properly:

If possible, place your computer in a well-ventilated and dry area without direct exposure to sunshine. Store packing materials safely out of the reach of children to prevent the risk of suffocation from plastic bags.

(more than 13 cm or 5 inches). Keep your computer away from magnets, activated cellular phones, electrical appliances, or speakers Avoid subjecting your computer to extreme temperatures (below 5C/41F or above 35C/95F). Avoid placing any objects (including paper) between the display and the keyboard or the palm rest. Computer display might be designed to be opened and used at a certain angle. Do not open the display with force. Otherwise, the computer hinge might get damaged. Do not turn your computer over when the ac power adapter is plugged in, otherwise, it could break the Before moving your computer, be sure to remove any media, turn off attached devices, and disconnect When picking up your open computer, hold it by the bottom. Do not pick up or hold your computer by the Only an authorized Lenovo repair technician should disassemble and repair your computer. Do not modify or tape the latches to keep the display open or closed. Avoid directly exposing your computer and peripherals to the air from an appliance that can produce negative ions. Wherever possible, ground your computer to facilitate safe electrostatic discharge. Clean your computer It is a good practice to clean your computer periodically to protect the surfaces and ensure trouble-free operation. Clean the computer cover: Wipe it with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. Avoid applying liquids directly to the cover. Clean the keyboard: Wipe the keys one by one with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. If you wipe several keys at a time, the cloth might hook onto an adjacent key and possibly damage it. Avoid spraying cleaner directly onto the keyboard. To remove any crumbs or dust from beneath the keys, you can use a camera blower with a brush or use cool air from a hair dryer. adapter plug. cords and cables. display. 18 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Clean the computer screen: Scratches, oil, dust, chemicals, and ultraviolet light can affect the performance of your computer screen. Use a dry, soft lint-free cloth to wipe the screen gently. If you see a scratchlike mark on your screen, it might be a stain. Wipe or dust the stain gently with a soft, dry cloth. If the stain remains, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water or eyeglass cleaner, but do not apply liquids directly to your computer screen. Ensure that the computer screen is dry before closing it. Chapter 1. Important safety information 19 20 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Chapter 2. Compliance information This chapter provides radio frequency compliance statements, electromagnetic emission notices and environmental information about Lenovo products. Radio frequency compliance statements Computer models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Besides this document, ensure that you read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your computer. The Regulatory Notice contains specific regulatory information about these wireless devices. To access the latest Regulatory Notice, go to https://

support.lenovo.com. Wireless-related information This topic provides wireless-related information about Lenovo products. Wireless interoperability Wireless-LAN card is designed to be interoperable with any wireless-LAN product that is based on Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), Complementary Code Keying (CCK), and/or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) radio technology, and is compliant to:

The 802.11b/g Standard, 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ax, or 802.11ac on wireless-LANs, as defined by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) certification as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance. Notes:

Some models may not support 802.11ax, depending on your wireless configurations. For some countries or regions, use of 802.11ax may be disabled according to your local regulations. Usage environment and your health This computer contains integrated wireless cards that operate within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes that this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 21 European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Radio Equipment Compliance EU Contact: Lenovo (Slovakia), Landererova 12, 811 09 Bratislava, Slovakia UK contact: Lenovo, Redwood, Crockford Lane, Basingstoke, RG24 8WQ, UK. This product is in conformity with all the requirements and essential norms that apply to EU Council Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU on the approximation of the laws of the Member States, as well as the UK Radio Equipment Regulations SI 2017 No. 1206, relating to radio equipment. The full text of the system EU declaration of conformity is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc The full text of the system UK declaration of conformity is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/uk-doc Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended modification of the product, including the installation of option cards from other manufacturers. This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class B equipment according to European and UK compliance standards. The limits for Class B equipment were derived for typical residential environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with certified communication devices. Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. This equipment is not protected against harmful interference and may not cause interference with duly authorized systems. Advertencia: En Mexico la operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Brazil Mexico Singapore 22 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Electromagnetic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Suppliers Declaration of Conformity Notes:

The statements below regarding FCC are only valid for products that are shipping to the United States. Refer to the product label information to identify the specific model name and number of your product. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:

Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 7001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 Email: FCC@lenovo.com Industry Canada compliance statement CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Electromagnetic Compatibility Compliance This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU on the approximation of the laws of the Member States, as well as UK SI 2016 No. 1091 with amendments, relating to the electromagnetic compatibility limits for Class B equipment. These Class B requirements are intended to offer adequate protection to broadcast services within residential environments. Chapter 2. Compliance information 23 German Class B compliance statement Hinweis zur Einhaltung der Klasse B zur elektromagnetischen Vertrglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie zur elektromagnetischen Vertrglichkeit Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit in den EU-

Mitgliedsstaaten und hlt die Grenzwerte der Klasse B der Norm gem Richtlinie. Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Gerte wie in den Handbchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben. Des Weiteren drfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo bernimmt keine Verantwortung fr die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo verndert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden. Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli 2007 (frher Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Gerten), bzw. der EU Richtlinie 2014/30/EU, der EU Richtlinie 2014/53/EU Artikel 3.1b), fr Gerte der Klasse B. Dieses Gert ist berechtigt, in bereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformittszeichen -

CE - zu fhren. Verantwortlich fr die Konformittserklrung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo

(Deutschland) GmbH, Meitnerstr. 9, D-70563 Stuttgart. Japan VCCI Class B compliance statement Japan compliance statement for products which connect to the power mains with rated current less than or equal to 20 A per phase Japan notice for ac power cord The ac power cord shipped with your product can be used only for this specific product. Do not use the ac power cord for other devices. Environmental information This section provides environmental, recycling, and RoHS information of countries and regions about Lenovo products. Recycling and environmental information Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information about recycling Lenovo products, go to:

24 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices https://www.lenovo.com/recycling The latest environmental information about our products is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/ecodeclaration Important battery recycling and WEEE information Take back and recycling information for WEEE and batteries/accumulators in the European Union and the United Kingdom The crossed-out wheeled bin marking applies only to countries with WEEE and batteries waste regulations including the European Union (EU), and United Kingdom (UK). Appliances and batteries/accumulators are labeled in accordance with local regulations concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) and waste batteries and waste accumulators. These regulations determine the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances and used batteries/accumulators as applicable within each geography. This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away, but rather put in the established collection systems for reclaiming these end of life products. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery (Pb for lead, Hg for mercury, and Cd for cadmium). Users of electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and users of batteries/accumulators with the crossed-out wheeled bin marking must not dispose of end of life products as unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to them for the return, recycle, and recovery of WEEE and waste batteries/

accumulators and to minimize any potential effects of EEE and batteries on the environment and human health due to the presence of hazardous substances. Lenovo electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) may contain parts and components, which at end-of-life might qualify as hazardous waste. EEE and waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) can be delivered free of charge to the place of sale or any distributor that sells electrical and electronic equipment of the same nature and function as the used EEE or WEEE. Before placing electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) in the waste collection stream or in waste collection facilities, the end user of equipment containing batteries and/or accumulators must remove those batteries and accumulators for separate collection. Dispose of lithium batteries and battery packs from Lenovo products:

A coin-cell type lithium battery might be installed inside your Lenovo product. You can find details about the battery in the product documentation. If the battery needs to be replaced, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Your Lenovo device might contain a lithium-ion battery pack or a nickel metal hydride battery pack. You can find details on the battery pack in the product documentation. If you need to dispose of a battery pack, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact Lenovo sales, service, or your place of purchase, or a waste-disposal Chapter 2. Compliance information 25 operator, and follow their instructions. You also can refer to the instructions provided in the user guide for your product. For proper collection and treatment, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/environment For additional WEEE information, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling WEEE information for Hungary Lenovo, as a producer, bears the cost incurred in connection with the fulfillment of Lenovos obligations under Hungary Law No. 197/2014 (VIII.1.) subsections (1)-(5) of section 12. EU ErP (EcoDesign) Directive (2009/125/EC) - external power adapters

(Regulation (EU) 2019/1782), Ecodesign for Energy-Related Products Regulations 2010 - UK SI 2010 No. 2617 (Ext PSU), SI 2020 No. 485 (Ntwk Standby), SI 2014 No. 1290 as amended Lenovo products are compliant with the EU EcoDesign (ErP) Directive and UK EcoDesign for Energy-related Products Regulations. Refer to the following for details. For EU, refer to the system declaration https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc, and for UK refer to the system declaration https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/uk-doc. Japan recycling statements Collect and recycle a disused Lenovo computer or monitor If you are a company employee and need to dispose of a Lenovo computer or monitor that is the property of the company, you must do so in accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources. Computers and monitors are categorized as industrial waste and should be properly disposed of by an industrial waste disposal contractor certified by a local government. In accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, Lenovo Japan provides, through its PC Collecting and Recycling Services, for the collecting, reuse, and recycling of disused computers and monitors. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Pursuant to the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, the collecting and recycling of home-

used computers and monitors by the manufacturer was begun on October 1, 2003. This service is provided free of charge for home-used computers sold after October 1, 2003. For details, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Dispose of Lenovo computer components Some Lenovo computer products sold in Japan may have components that contain heavy metals or other environmental sensitive substances. To properly dispose of disused components, such as a printed circuit board or drive, use the methods described above for collecting and recycling a disused computer or monitor. Dispose of disused lithium batteries from Lenovo computers A button-shaped lithium battery is installed inside your Lenovo computer to provide power to the computer clock while the computer is off or disconnected from the main power source. If you need to replace it with a 26 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices new one, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a disused lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or an industrial-waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Disposal of a lithium battery must comply with local ordinances and regulations. Dispose of a disused battery from Lenovo notebook computers Your Lenovo notebook computer has a lithium ion battery or a nickel metal hydride battery. If you are a company employee who uses a Lenovo notebook computer and need to dispose of a battery, contact the proper person in Lenovo sales, service, or marketing, and follow that person's instructions. You also can refer to the instructions at:

https://www.lenovo.com/jp/ja/environment/recycle/battery/

If you use a Lenovo notebook computer at home and need to dispose of a battery, you must comply with local ordinances and regulations. You also can refer to the instructions at:

https://www.lenovo.com/jp/ja/environment/recycle/battery/

Recycling information for Brazil Declaraes de Reciclagem no Brasil Descarte de um Produto Lenovo Fora de Uso Equipamentos eltricos e eletrnicos no devem ser descartados em lixo comum, mas enviados pontos de coleta, autorizados pelo fabricante do produto para que sejam encaminhados e processados por empresas especializadas no manuseio de resduos industriais, devidamente certificadas pelos orgos ambientais, de acordo com a legislao local. A Lenovo possui um canal especfico para auxili-lo no descarte desses produtos. Caso voc possua um produto Lenovo em situao de descarte, ligue para o nosso SAC ou encaminhe um e-mail para:

reciclar@lenovo.com, informando o modelo, nmero de srie e cidade, a fim de enviarmos as instrues para o correto descarte do seu produto Lenovo. Recycling information for mainland China Battery recycling information for Taiwan Chapter 2. Compliance information 27 Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada (for selected models) Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive of countries and regions The latest environmental information about Lenovo products is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/ecodeclaration European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) RoHS This Lenovo product, with included parts (cables, cords, and so on) meets the requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (as amended by Directive 2015/863/EU) and UK SI 2012 No. 3032 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment ("RoHS recast" or "RoHS 2"). For more information about Lenovo worldwide compliance on RoHS, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/rohs-communication Ukraine RoHS India RoHS RoHS compliant as per E-Waste (Management) Rules. Mainland China RoHS (for desktop computers) 28 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices The information in the following table is applicable to products manufactured on or after January 1, 2015 for sale in the Peoples Republic of China. Chapter 2. Compliance information 29 Mainland China RoHS (for workstations) 30 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Mainland China RoHS (for notebook computers and tablets) The information in the following table is applicable to products manufactured on or after January 1, 2015 for sale in the Peoples Republic of China. Chapter 2. Compliance information 31 Taiwan RoHS (for desktop computers) 32 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Taiwan RoHS (for workstations) Taiwan RoHS (for notebook computers and tablets) Chapter 2. Compliance information 33 ENERGY STAR model information ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy aimed at saving money and protecting the environment through energy efficient products and practices. Lenovo is proud to offer products with the ENERGY STAR certified designation. Lenovo computers, if carry an ENERGY STAR mark, have been designed and tested to conform to the ENERGY STAR program requirements for computers as prescribed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. For a certified computer, an ENERGY STAR mark may be affixed to the product, the product packaging, or displayed electronically on the E-label screen or the power settings interface. By using ENERGY STAR compliant products and taking advantage of the power management features of your computer, you reduce the consumption of electricity. Reduced electrical consumption contributes to potential financial savings, a cleaner environment, and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. For more information about ENERGY STAR, go to https://www.energystar.gov. Other compliance information This section provides other compliance information of countries and regions about Lenovo products. Eye comfort (for desktop computers and workstations) The property of the display in combination with following notes result in reduced eye fatigue and increased comfort. For tips on how to minimize visual fatigue, please go to https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/safecomp/ to visit Minimizing Visual Fatigue. Remote control (for selected desktop computers and workstations) CAUTION:

Do not use rechargeable batteries in this device. Export classification notice This product is subject to the United States Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and has an Export Classification Control Number (ECCN) of 5A992.c. It can be re-exported except to any of the embargoed countries in the EAR E1 country list. Lenovo product service information for Taiwan Taiwan precautionary vision statement 34 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices 3010 221 Keyboard and mouse compliance statement for Taiwan (for desktop computers and workstations) Supplemental information for the Eurasian Union (for selected models)

(Wi-Fi, Bluetooth .).

, 23/ , 979

, , (Lenovo PC HK Limited, 23/F Lincoln House, Taikoo Place 979 King's Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong)

( /) 143401, ,

. , , 4, 1, VII,

. +7 495 645 83 38, +7 495 645 78 77.

* 2.601-2013

. , 5.1, 5.1.2, .

* , Date (

-: https://support.lenovo.com

( ) Brazil audio notice Ouvir sons com mais de 85 decibis por longos perodos pode provocar danos ao sistema auditivo. Korea radio frequency compliance statement

( 24002483.5 , 57255825 ) SAR

. SAR . SAR

. 20mm

. Chapter 2. Compliance information 35 Regulatory labels Depending on your country or region, you can find the government-required regulatory information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton On a physical label attached to your computer Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9, or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu and the Regulatory Information option subsequently. Korean E-label notice (for selected models) 36 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Appendix A. TCO Certified Selected models are TCO Certified and bear the TCO Certified logo. Note: TCO Certified is an international third-party sustainability certification for IT products. For details, go to https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/tco. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 37 38 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information This chapter provides information about accessibility and ergonomics. Accessibility information Lenovo is committed to providing users who have hearing, vision, and mobility limitations with greater access to information and technology. You can get the most up-to-date accessibility information from https://www.lenovo.com/accessibility. If you need additional support with the accessibility features, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/

supportphonelist to find the support phone numbers for your country or region. Ergonomic information Good ergonomic practice is important to get the most from your personal computer and to avoid discomfort. Arrange your workplace and the equipment you use to suit your individual needs and the kind of work that you perform. In addition, use healthy work habits to maximize your performance and comfort when using your computer. Working in the virtual office might mean adapting to frequent changes in your environment. Adapting to the surrounding light sources, active seating, and the placement of your computer hardware, can help you improve your performance and achieve greater comfort. This example shows someone in a conventional setting. Even when not in such a setting, you can follow many of these tips. Develop good habits, and they will serve you well. General posture: Make minor modifications in your working posture to deter the onset of discomfort caused by long periods of working in the same position. Frequent short breaks from your work also help to prevent minor discomfort associated with your working posture. Display: Position the display to maintain a comfortable viewing distance of 510 mm to 760 mm (20 inches to 30 inches). Avoid glare or reflections on the display from overhead lighting or outside sources of light. Keep the display screen clean and set the brightness to levels that enable you to see the screen clearly. Press the brightness control keys to adjust display brightness. Head position: Keep your head and neck in a comfortable and neutral (vertical, or upright) position. Chair: Use a chair that gives you good back support and seat height adjustment. Use chair adjustments to best suit your comfort posture. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 39 Arm and hand position: If available, use chair arm rests or an area on your working surface to provide weight support for your arms. Keep your forearms, wrists, and hands in a relaxed and neutral (horizontal) position. Type with a soft touch without pounding the keys. Leg position: Keep your thighs parallel to the floor and your feet flat on the floor or on a footrest. What if you are traveling?

It might not be possible to observe the best ergonomic practices when you are using your computer while on the move or in a casual setting. Regardless of the setting, try to observe as many of the tips as possible. Sitting properly and using adequate lighting, for example, helps you maintain desirable levels of comfort and performance. If your work area is not in an office setting, ensure to take special note of employing active sitting and taking work breaks. Many product solutions are available to help you modify and expand your computer to best suit your needs. You can find some of these options at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Explore your options for docking solutions and external products that provide the adjustability and features that you want. Questions about vision?

The visual display screens of notebook computers are designed to meet the highest standards. These visual display screens provide you with clear, crisp images and large, bright displays that are easy to see, yet easy on the eyes. Any concentrated and sustained visual activity can be tiring. If you have questions on eye fatigue or visual discomfort, consult a vision-care specialist for advice. 40 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Appendix C. Notices and trademarks Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent programs covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

Lenovo (United States), Inc. 8001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. Changes are made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. To provide better service, Lenovo reserves the right to improve and/or modify the products and software programs described in the manuals included with your computer, and the content of the manual, at any time without additional notice. The software interface and function and hardware configuration described in the manuals included with your computer might not match exactly the actual configuration of the computer that you purchase. For the configuration of the product, refer to the related contract (if any) or product packing list, or consult the distributor for the product sales. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 41 Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. This document is copyrighted by Lenovo and is not covered by any open source license, including any Linux agreement(s) which may accompany software included with this product. Lenovo may update this document at any time without notice. For the latest information or any questions or comments, contact or visit the Lenovo Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Trademarks LENOVO and the LENOVO logo are trademarks of Lenovo. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 42 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices

Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Read this first These notices provide safety and compliance information about Lenovo notebook computers, tablets, desktop computers, and workstations. Depending on the model, some information might not be applicable to your product. For additional legal notices, refer to User Guide of your product at https://

support.lenovo.com. Documentation content is subject to change without notice. To get the latest documentation, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Fourth Edition (September 2021) Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents

. 8

. 9

. 8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

. 3

. 4

. . . . 5

. 6

. 6

. 7

. 7

. 7

. . . . . . . Chapter 1. Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Safety notices . 1

. . Important information about using your computer

(for notebook computers) . . Conditions that require immediate action . Service and upgrades . . Power cord notice (for desktop computers and

. . workstations) . Power cords and power adapters . . Extension cords and related devices. . . Plugs and outlets . . . Power supply statement External devices

. . General battery notice (for notebook computers

. and tablets) Notice for removable rechargeable battery (for

. selected notebook computers) . Notice for built-in rechargeable battery (for selected notebook computers and tablets)

. Lithium coin-cell battery notice (for selected

. . models) . . Heat and product ventilation (for desktop computers and workstations)

. Heat and product ventilation (for notebook

. . . computers and tablets) . Electrical current safety information . . . Laser safety information (for selected models) . . Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for desktop computers and workstations) Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for notebook computers and tablets) . Use earphones, headphones, or a headset . . Choking hazard notice . . Plastic bag notice . . Glass parts notice . . . Computer placement notices . Hazardous energy statement (for desktop computers and workstations)

. Tip-over hazard prevention notice (for desktop computers and workstations)

. Static electricity prevention . . Cleaning and maintenance (for desktop computers and workstations) . . Cleaning and maintenance (for notebook computers and tablets) . 13

. 14

. 14

. 15

. 15

. 15

. . . . . . . 11

. 12

. 13

. . . . . 16

. 16

. . . . . 10

. 13

. 18

. 15

. 16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

. Chapter 2. Compliance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

. 21 Radio frequency compliance statements . . Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 Environmental information. . . . Electromagnetic emission notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless-related information . European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK)

. Radio Equipment Compliance . Brazil . . Mexico . . Singapore . Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

. Suppliers Declaration of Conformity . . Industry Canada compliance statement

. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Electromagnetic Compatibility

. Compliance . . . German Class B compliance statement. Japan VCCI Class B compliance statement . Japan compliance statement for products which connect to the power mains with rated current less than or equal to 20 A per phase . Japan notice for ac power cord . Recycling and environmental information . Important battery recycling and WEEE information . EU ErP (EcoDesign) Directive (2009/125/EC) -

external power adapters (Regulation (EU) 2019/1782), Ecodesign for Energy-Related Products Regulations 2010 - UK SI 2010 No. 2617 (Ext PSU), SI 2020 No. 485 (Ntwk Standby), SI 2014 No. 1290 as amended . Japan recycling statements . Recycling information for Brazil . Recycling information for mainland China . Battery recycling information for Taiwan . Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada (for selected models) . Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)

. Directive of countries and regions . ENERGY STAR model information. . . . Eye comfort (for desktop computers and workstations) . . . Remote control (for selected desktop

. . computers and workstations). Export classification notice . . Lenovo product service information for

. . . Taiwan . . Taiwan precautionary vision statement . Keyboard and mouse compliance statement for Taiwan (for desktop computers and

. . . workstations) . Supplemental information for the Eurasian

. Union (for selected models)

. Brazil audio notice . . . . . . . . . . Other compliance information . . 21

. 22

. 22

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 23

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 24

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 25

. 26

. 26

. 27

. 28

. 28

. 28

. 28

. 34

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 36 i Korea radio frequency compliance

. . statement

. . Regulatory labels . . . . . . 36

. 36 Appendix A. TCO Certified . . . . . . 37 Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information . . . . . . . . 39 Appendix C. Notices and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 ii Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Chapter 1. Important safety information Safety notices This information can help you safely use your computer. Follow and retain all information included with your computer. The information in this document does not alter the terms of your purchase agreement or the Limited Warranty. For more information, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantylookup Customer safety is important. Our products are developed to be safe and effective. However, personal computers are electronic devices. Power cords, power adapters, and other features can create potential safety risks that can result in physical injury or property damage, especially if misused. To reduce these risks, follow the instructions included with your product, observe all warnings on the product and in the operating instructions, and review the information included in this document carefully. By carefully following the information contained in this document and provided with your product, you can help protect yourself from hazards and create a safer computer work environment. If the computer is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the computer may be impaired. Note: This information includes references to power adapters and batteries. In addition, some products

(such as speakers and monitors) ship with external power adapters. If you have such a product, this information applies to your product. In addition, computer products contain a coin-sized internal battery that provides power to the system clock even when the computer is unplugged, so the battery safety information applies to all computer products. Important information about using your computer (for notebook computers) Ensure that you follow the important tips given here to get the most use and enjoyment out of your computer. Failure to do so might lead to discomfort or injury, or cause the computer to fail. Protect yourself from the heat that your computer generates. When your computer is turned on or the battery is charging, the base, the palm rest, and some other parts may become hot. The temperature they reach depends on the amount of system activity and the level of charge in the battery. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort or even a skin burn. Avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for any extended time. For selected notebook computers, refer to User Guide for the recommended contact time at https://support.lenovo.com. Periodically take your hands away from the keyboard by lifting your hands from the palm rest. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 1 Protect yourself from the heat generated by the ac power adapter. Prevent your computer from getting wet. Protect the cables from being damaged. Protect your computer and data when moving it. When the ac power adapter is connected to an electrical outlet and your computer, it generates heat. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, may cause a skin burn. Do not place the ac power adapter in contact with any part of your body while it is in use. Never use it to warm your body. Do not wrap the cords around the ac power adapter while in use. To avoid spills and the danger of electrical shock, keep liquids away from your computer. Applying strong force to cables may damage or break them. Route communication lines, or the cables of an ac power adapter, a mouse, a keyboard, a printer, or any other electronic device, so that they cannot be walked on, tripped over, pinched by your computer or other objects, or in any way subject to treatment that could interfere with the operation of your computer. Before moving a computer equipped with a storage drive, do one of the following:

Turn it off. Put it in sleep mode. Put it in hibernation mode. This helps to prevent damage to the computer, and possible loss of data. 2 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Handle your computer gently. Carry your computer carefully. Do not drop, bump, scratch, twist, hit, vibrate, push, or place heavy objects on your computer, display, or external devices. Use a quality carrying case that provides adequate cushioning and protection. Do not pack your computer in a tightly packed suitcase or bag. Before putting your computer in a carrying case, make sure that it is off, in sleep mode, or in hibernation mode. Do not put a computer in a carrying case while it is turned on. Conditions that require immediate action Products can become damaged due to misuse or neglect. Some product damage is serious enough that the product should not be used again until it has been inspected and, if necessary, repaired by an authorized servicer. As with any electronic device, pay close attention to the product when it is turned on. On very rare occasions, you might notice an odor or see a puff of smoke or sparks vent from your product. You might also hear sounds like popping, cracking, or hissing. These might merely mean that an internal electronic component has failed in a safe and controlled manner. Or, they might indicate a potential safety issue. Do not take risks or attempt to diagnose the situation yourself. Contact the Customer Support Center for further guidance. For a list of Service and Support phone numbers, see the following Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist Frequently inspect your computer and its components for damage, wear, or signs of danger. If you have any question about the condition of a component, do not use the product. Contact the Customer Support Center or the product manufacturer for instructions on how to inspect the product and have it repaired, if necessary. In the unlikely event that you notice any of the following conditions, or if you have any safety concerns with your product, stop using the product and unplug it from the power source and telecommunication lines until you can speak to the Customer Support Center for further guidance. Chapter 1. Important safety information 3 Power cords, plugs, power adapters, extension cords, surge protectors, or power supplies that are cracked, broken, or damaged. Signs of overheating, smoke, sparks, or fire. Damage to a battery (such as cracks, dents, or creases), discharge from a battery, or a buildup of foreign substances on the battery. A cracking, hissing, or popping sound, or strong odor that comes from the product. Signs that liquid has been spilled or an object has fallen onto the computer product, the power cord, or power adapter. The computer product, power cord, or power adapter has been exposed to water. The product has been dropped or damaged in any way. The product does not operate normally when you follow the operating instructions. Note: If you notice these conditions with a product (such as an extension cord) that is not manufactured for or by Lenovo, stop using that product until you can contact the product manufacturer for further instructions, or until you get a suitable replacement. Service and upgrades Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or your documentation. Only use a Service Provider who is approved to repair your particular product. Note: Some computer parts can be upgraded or replaced by the customer. Upgrades typically are referred to as options. Replacement parts approved for customer installation are referred to as Customer Replaceable Units, or CRUs. Lenovo provides documentation with instructions when it is appropriate for customers to install options or replace CRUs. You must closely follow all instructions when installing or replacing parts. The Off state of a power indicator does not necessarily mean that voltage levels inside a product are zero. Before you remove the covers from a product equipped with a power cord, always ensure that the power is turned off and that the product is unplugged from any power source. If you have any questions or concerns, contact the Customer Support Center. Although there are no moving parts in your computer after the power cord has been disconnected, the following warnings are required for your safety. Keep fingers and other parts of your body away from hazardous, moving parts. If you suffer an injury, seek medical care immediately. Do not touch hot surface of hot components inside the computer. During operation, some components become hot enough to burn the skin. Before you open the computer cover, turn off the computer, disconnect power, and wait approximately 10 minutes for the components to cool. After replacing a CRU, reinstall all protective covers, including the computer cover, before connecting power and operating the computer. This action is important to help prevent unexpected electrical shock and help ensure the containment of an unexpected fire that could happen under extremely rare conditions. 4 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices When replacing CRUs, be cautious of sharp edges or corners that might cause injury. If you suffer an injury, seek medical care immediately. Power cord notice (for desktop computers and workstations) Note: The power cord and adapter provided with this product are intended to be used with this product only. Do not use them with any other products. For your safety, Lenovo provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this product. To avoid electrical shock, always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet. Power cords provided by Lenovo in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriters Laboratories

(UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA). For units intended to be operated at 115 volts: Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade, grounding-type attachment plug rated 10 amperes, 125 volts. For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (U.S. use): Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade, grounding-type attachment plug rated 10 amperes, 250 volts. For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (outside the U.S.): Use a cord set with a grounding-type attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed. Power cords provided by Lenovo for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region. For units intended to be operated in Germany: The power cords must be safety approved. For Germany, it must be H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75 mm2, or better. For other countries, the suitable types must be used accordingly. For units intended to be operated in Denmark: Use a cord set with a grounding-type attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed. For units intended to be operated in Norway, Sweden, Finland: Use a cord set with a two-prong attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed. If you intend to use your PC in a country or region that is different from your ordering location, please purchase an additional Lenovo power cord for the country or region where the PC will be used. Refer to the power cord guide provided in our Web site, https://pcsupport.lenovo.com, for details. Some countries and regions support multiple voltages, so make sure you order the appropriate power cord for the intended voltage. Chapter 1. Important safety information 5 Power cords and power adapters DANGER Use only the power cords and power adapters supplied by the product manufacturer. The power cords shall be safety approved. For Germany, it shall be H03VV-F, 3G, 0.75 mm2, or better. For other countries, the suitable types shall be used accordingly. Never wrap a power cord around a power adapter or other object. Doing so can stress the cord in ways that can cause the cord to fray, crack, or crimp. This can present a safety hazard. Always route power cords so that they will not be walked on, tripped over, or pinched by objects. Protect power cords and power adapters from liquids. For instance, do not leave your power cord or power adapter near sinks, tubs, toilets, or on floors that are cleaned with liquid cleansers. Liquids can cause a short circuit, particularly if the power cord or power adapter has been stressed by misuse. Liquids also can cause gradual corrosion of power cord terminals and/or the connector terminals on a power adapter, which can eventually result in overheating. Ensure that all power cord connectors are securely and completely plugged into receptacles. Do not use any power adapter that shows corrosion at the ac input pins or shows signs of overheating (such as deformed plastic) at the ac input pins or anywhere on the power adapter. Do not use any power cords where the electrical contacts on either end show signs of corrosion or overheating or where the power cord appears to have been damaged in any way. To prevent possible overheating, do not cover the power adapter with clothing or other objects when the power adapter is plugged into an electrical outlet. Extension cords and related devices Ensure that extension cords, surge protectors, uninterruptible power supplies, and power strips that you use are rated to handle the electrical requirements of the product. Never overload these devices. If power strips are used, the load should not exceed the power strip input rating. Consult an electrician for more information if you have questions about power loads, power requirements, and input ratings. 6 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Plugs and outlets DANGER If a receptacle (power outlet) that you intend to use with your computer equipment appears to be damaged or corroded, do not use the outlet until it is replaced by a qualified electrician. Do not bend or modify the plug. If the plug is damaged, contact the manufacturer to obtain a replacement. Do not share an electrical outlet with other home or commercial appliances that draw large amounts of electricity; otherwise, unstable voltage might damage your computer, data, or attached devices. Some products are equipped with a three-pronged plug. This plug fits only into a grounded electrical outlet. This is a safety feature. Do not defeat this safety feature by trying to insert it into a non-grounded outlet. If you cannot insert the plug into the outlet, contact an electrician for an approved outlet adapter or to replace the outlet with one that enables this safety feature. Never overload an electrical outlet. The overall system load should not exceed 80 percent of the branch circuit rating. Consult an electrician for more information if you have questions about power loads and branch circuit ratings. Be sure that the power outlet you are using is properly wired, easily accessible, and located close to the equipment. Do not fully extend power cords in a way that will stress the cords. Be sure that the power outlet provides the correct voltage and current for the product you are installing. Carefully connect and disconnect the equipment from the electrical outlet. Power supply statement Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached. Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact a service technician. External devices CAUTION:

Do not connect or disconnect any external device cables other than Universal Serial Bus (USB) and 1394 cables while the computer power is on; otherwise, you might damage your computer. To avoid possible damage to attached devices, wait at least five seconds after the computer is shut down to disconnect external devices. Chapter 1. Important safety information 7 General battery notice (for notebook computers and tablets) DANGER Batteries supplied by Lenovo for use with your product have been tested for compatibility and should only be replaced with approved parts. A battery other than the one specified by Lenovo, or a disassembled or modified battery is not covered by the warranty. Battery abuse or mishandling can cause overheat, liquid leakage, or an explosion. To avoid possible injury:

Do not open, dissemble, or service any battery. Do not crush or puncture the battery. Do not short-circuit the battery, or expose it to water or other liquids. Keep the battery away from children. Keep the battery away from fire. Stop using the battery if it is damaged, or if you notice any discharge or the buildup of foreign materials on the battery leads. Store the rechargeable batteries or products containing the rechargeable batteries at room temperature, charged to approximately 30 to 50% of capacity. We recommend that the batteries be charged about once per year to prevent overdischarge. Do not put the battery in trash that is disposed of in landfills. When disposing of the battery, comply with local ordinances or regulations. Notice for removable rechargeable battery (for selected notebook computers) DANGER Only recharge the battery strictly according to instructions included in the product documentation. If the battery is incorrectly replaced, there is danger of an explosion. The battery contains a small amount of harmful substances. 8 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Notice for built-in rechargeable battery (for selected notebook computers and tablets) DANGER Do not attempt to remove or replace the built-in rechargeable battery. Replacement of the battery must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Only recharge the battery strictly according to instructions included in the product documentation. The Lenovo-authorized repair facilities or technicians recycle Lenovo batteries according to local laws and regulations. Lithium coin-cell battery notice (for selected models) DANGER Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. If the coin-cell battery is not a CRU, do not attempt to replace the coin-cell battery. Replacement of the battery must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. The Lenovo-authorized repair facilities or technicians recycle Lenovo batteries according to local laws and regulations. When replacing the lithium coin-cell battery, use only the same type or equivalent type that is recommended by the manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of. Swallowing the lithium coin-cell battery will cause chocking or severe internal burns in just two hours and might even result in death. Keep batteries away from children. If the lithium coin-cell battery is swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek medical care immediately. Do not:

Throw or immerse into water Heat to more than 100 C (212F) Repair or disassemble Leave in an extremely low air pressure environment Leave in an extremely high-temperature environment Crush, puncture, cut, or incinerate Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations. The following statement applies to users in the state of California, U.S.A. Chapter 1. Important safety information 9 California Perchlorate Information:

Products containing manganese dioxide lithium coin-cell batteries may contain perchlorate. Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see https://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/

perchlorate/. Heat and product ventilation (for desktop computers and workstations) Computers, power adapters, and many accessories can generate heat when turned on and when batteries are charging. Always follow these basic precautions:

Do not leave your computer, power adapter, or accessories in contact with your lap or any part of your body for an extended period when the products are functioning or when the battery is charging. Your computer, power adapter, and many accessories produce some heat during normal operation. Extended contact with the body could cause discomfort or, potentially, a skin burn. Do not charge the battery or operate your computer, power adapter, or accessories near flammable materials or in explosive environments. Ventilation slots, fans, and heat sinks are provided with the product for safety, comfort, and reliable operation. These features might inadvertently become blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, carpet, or other flexible surface. Never block, cover, or disable these features. Inspect your desktop computer for dust accumulation at least once every three months. Before inspecting your computer, turn off the power and unplug the computer's power cord from the electrical outlet; then remove any dust from vents and perforations in the bezel. If you notice external dust accumulation, then examine and remove dust from the inside of the computer including heat sink inlet fins, power supply vents, and fans. Always turn off and unplug the computer before opening the cover. If possible, avoid operating your computer within two feet of high-traffic areas. If you must operate your computer in or near a high-traffic area, inspect and, if necessary, clean your computer more frequently. For your safety and to maintain optimum computer performance, always follow these basic precautions with your desktop computer:

Keep the cover closed whenever the computer is plugged in. Regularly inspect the outside of the computer for dust accumulation. Remove dust from vents and any perforations in the bezel. More frequent cleanings might be required for computers in dusty or high-traffic areas. Do not restrict or block any ventilation openings. Do not store or operate your computer inside furniture, as this might increase the risk of overheating. Airflow temperatures into the computer should not exceed 35C (95F). Do not install air filtration devices. They may interfere with proper cooling. 10 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Heat and product ventilation (for notebook computers and tablets) DANGER Computers, ac power adapters, and many accessories can generate heat when turned on and when batteries are charging. Notebook computers can generate a significant amount of heat due to their compact size. Always follow these basic precautions:

When your computer is turned on or the battery is charging, the base, the palm rest, and some other parts may become hot. Avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for any extended length of time. When you use the keyboard, avoid keeping your palms on the palm rest for a prolonged period of time. Your computer generates some heat during normal operation. The amount of heat depends on the amount of system activity and the battery charge level. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort or even a skin burn. Periodically take breaks from using the keyboard by lifting your hands from the palm rest; and be careful not to use the keyboard for any extended length of time. Do not operate your computer or charge the battery near flammable materials or in explosive environments. Ventilation slots, fans and/or heat sinks are provided with the product for safety, comfort, and reliable operation. These features might inadvertently become blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, carpet, or other flexible surface. Never block, cover, or disable these features. When the ac power adapter is connected to an electrical outlet and your computer, it generates heat. Do not place the adapter in contact with any part of your body while using it. Never use the ac power adapter to warm your body. Extended contact with your body, even through clothing, may cause a skin burn. For your safety, always follow these basic precautions with your computer:

Keep the cover closed whenever the computer is plugged in. Regularly inspect the outside of the computer for dust accumulation. Remove dust from vents and any perforations in the bezel. More frequent cleanings might be required for computers in dusty or high-traffic areas. Do not restrict or block any ventilation openings. Do not operate your computer inside furniture, as this might increase the risk of overheating. Airflow temperatures into the computer should not exceed 35C (95F). Chapter 1. Important safety information 11 Electrical current safety information DANGER Electric current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous. To avoid a shock hazard:

Do not use your computer during a lightning storm. Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation, maintenance, or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm. Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet. Connect properly wired outlets to any equipment that will be attached to this product. Whenever possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables. Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, or structural damage. Disconnect the attached power cords, battery, and all the cables before you open the device covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures. Do not use your computer until all internal parts enclosures are fastened into place. Never use the computer when internal parts and circuits are exposed. DANGER Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following procedures when installing, moving, or opening covers on this product or attached devices. To connect:

To disconnect:

1. Turn everything OFF. 1. Turn everything OFF. 2. First, attach all cables to devices. 2. First, remove power cords from outlets. 3. Attach signal cables to connectors. 3. Remove signal cables from connectors. 4. Attach power cords to outlets. 4. Remove all cables from devices. 5. Turn devices ON. The power cord must be disconnected from the wall outlet or receptacle before installing all other electrical cables connected to the computer. The power cord may be reconnected to the wall outlet or receptacle only after all other electrical cables have been connected to the computer. DANGER During electrical storms, do not perform any replacement and do not connect the telephone cable to or disconnect it from the telephone outlet on the wall. 12 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Laser safety information (for selected models) CAUTION:

When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or transmitters) are installed, note the following:

Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device. Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure. DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the following:

Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam. Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for desktop computers and workstations) DANGER To avoid shock hazards:

Do not remove the covers. Do not operate this product unless the stand is attached. Do not connect or disconnect this product during an electrical storm. The power cord plug must be connected to a properly wired and grounded power outlet. Any equipment to which this product will be attached must also be connected to properly wired and grounded power outlets. To isolate the monitor from the electrical supply, you must remove the plug from the power outlet. The power outlet should be easily accessible. If your monitor weighs more than 18 kg (39.68 lb), we recommend that it be moved or lifted by two people. The fluorescent lamp in the liquid crystal display contains mercury; dispose according to local, state, or Handling:

Product disposal (TFT monitors):

federal laws. Battery warnings:

Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Liquid crystal display (LCD) notice (for notebook computers and tablets) CAUTION:

Chapter 1. Important safety information 13 The liquid crystal display (LCD) is made of glass, and rough handling or dropping the computer can cause the LCD to break. If the LCD breaks and the internal fluid gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately wash the affected areas with water for at least 15 minutes; if any symptoms are present after washing, get medical care. Note: For products with mercury-containing fluorescent lamps (for example, non-LED), the fluorescent lamp in the liquid crystal display (LCD) contains mercury; dispose of according to local, state, or federal laws. Use earphones, headphones, or a headset If your computer has both a headphone connector and an audio line-out connector, always use the headphone connector for earphones, headphones, or a headset. However, the headphone connector does not support the microphone of the headset. If your computer has both a headset connector and an audio line-out connector, always use the headset connector for earphones, headphones, or a headset. Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Adjustment of the equalizer to maximum increases the earphone and headphone output voltage and the sound pressure level. Therefore, to protect your hearing, adjust the equalizer to an appropriate level. Excessive use of headphones or earphones for a long period of time at high volume can be dangerous if the output of the headphone or earphone connectors do not comply with specifications of EN 50332-2. The headphone output connector of your computer complies with EN 50332-2 Sub clause 7. This specification limits the computers maximum wide band true RMS output voltage to 150 mV. To help protect against hearing loss, ensure that the headphones or earphones you use also comply with EN 50332-2 (Clause 7 Limits) or a wide band characteristic voltage of 75 mV. Using headphones that do not comply with EN 50332-

2 can be dangerous due to excessive sound pressure levels. If your Lenovo computer came with headphones or earphones in the package, as a set, the combination of the headphones or earphones and the computer already complies with the specifications of EN 50332-1. If different headphones or earphones are used, ensure that they comply with EN 50332-1 (Clause 6.5 Limitation Values). Using headphones that do not comply with EN 50332-1 can be dangerous due to excessive sound pressure levels. Choking hazard notice CHOKING HAZARD Product contains small parts. Keep away from children under three years. 14 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Plastic bag notice DANGER Glass parts notice Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation. CAUTION:

Some parts of your product may be made of glass. This glass could break if the product is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your product until the glass is replaced by trained service personnel. Computer placement notices Inappropriate computer placement might cause harm to children. Place the computer on a sturdy piece of low-rise furniture or furniture that has been anchored. Do not place the computer at the edge of the furniture. Keep the computer cables out of the reach of children. Some items, such as toys, might attract children. Keep such items away from the computer. Supervise children in rooms where the above safety instructions cannot be fully implemented. Hazardous energy statement (for desktop computers and workstations) Disconnect all power cords from electrical outlets before removing the computer cover or any part that has the above label attached. DO NOT disassemble components that have the above label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. Your product is designed for safe use. However, hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached. Disassembling of these components might cause fire or might even result in death. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact a service technician. DANGER CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Bright Light, possible skin or eye damage. Disconnect power before servicing. Chapter 1. Important safety information 15 Infrared Light, possible skin or eye damage. Disconnect power before servicing. Tip-over hazard prevention notice (for desktop computers and workstations) The computer may cause harm to children if it is not located in an appropriate place. Follow the tips below to protect children from harm caused by the computer tipping over:

Place the computers or monitors on sturdy furniture with a low base or furniture that has been anchored. Push the computers or monitors as far from the edge of the furniture as possible. Keep remote controls, toys, and other items that might attract children away from the computers or monitors Keep the computer or monitor cables out the reach of the children. Supervise children in rooms where these safety tips have not been followed. CAUTION:

Some parts of your product may be made of glass. This glass could break if the product is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If glass breaks, do not touch it or attempt to remove it. Stop using your product until the glass is replaced by trained service personnel. Static electricity prevention Static electricity, although harmless to you, can seriously damage computer components and options. Improper handling of static-sensitive parts can damage the part. When you unpack an option or CRU, do not open the static-protective package containing the part until the instructions direct you to install it. When you handle options or CRUs, or perform any work inside the computer, take the following precautions to avoid static-electricity damage:

Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you. Always handle components carefully. Handle adapters, memory modules, and other circuit boards by the edges. Never touch exposed circuitry. Prevent others from touching components. When you install a static-sensitive option or CRU, touch the static-protective packaging containing the part to a metal expansion-slot cover or other unpainted metal surface on the computer for at least two seconds. This reduces static electricity in the package and your body. When possible, remove the static-sensitive part from the static-protective packaging and install the part without setting it down. When this is not possible, place the static-protective packaging on a smooth, level surface and place the part on it. Do not place the part on the computer cover or other metal surface. Cleaning and maintenance (for desktop computers and workstations) With appropriate care and maintenance, your computer will serve you reliably. The following topics offer information to help you keep your computer working with best performance. Basic maintenance tips Here are some basic points about keeping your computer functioning properly:

Keep the computer in a clean, dry environment. Ensure that the computer rests on a flat, steady surface. Do not cover any of air vents. These air vents provide airflow to keep the computer from overheating. 16 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Keep electrical appliances such as an electric fan, radio, high-powered speakers, air conditioner, and microwave oven away from your computer because the strong magnetic fields generated by these appliances can damage the monitor and data on the storage drive. Keep food and drinks away from all parts of the computer. Food particles and spills might make the keyboard and mouse stick and unusable. Do not get the power switches or other controls wet. Moisture can damage these parts and cause an electrical hazard. Always disconnect a power cord by grasping the plug instead of the cord. Keep the computer software, device drivers, and operating system up-to-date. Empty your recycle bin on a regular basis. Clean out your Inbox, Sent Items, and Deleted Items folders in your e-mail application on a regular basis. Clean up files and free up storage drive space and memory space occasionally to prevent performance problems. Keep a log book. Entries might include major software or hardware changes, device-driver updates, intermittent problems and what you did to resolve them, and other issues you might have experienced. The cause of a problem might be change in hardware, change in software, or any other actions that might have taken place. A log book can help you or a Lenovo technician determine the cause of a problem. Back up your data on the storage drive regularly. You can restore the storage drive from a backup. Create a recovery medium as early as possible. You can use the recovery medium to recover your operating system. Get the most up-to-date operating system update patches, software programs, and device drivers. Maintenance tips about moving the computer Before moving the computer, take the following precautions:

1. Back up your data on the storage drive. 2. Remove any media from the drives and turn off all connected devices and the computer. Then, disconnect all power cords from electrical outlets and disconnect all cables that are connected to the computer. 3. If you saved the original shipping cartons and packing materials, use them to pack the units. If you are using different cartons, cushion the units to avoid damage. When you move the computer to another country or region, you must take local electrical standards into consideration. If the local electrical outlet style is different from the type you are currently using, contact the Lenovo Customer Support Center to purchase either an electrical plug adapter or a new power cord. Clean your computer CAUTION:

Remove any media from the drives and turn off all connected devices and the computer. Then, disconnect all power cords from electrical outlets and disconnect all cables that are connected to the computer. It is a good practice to clean your computer periodically to protect the surfaces and ensure trouble-free operation. Clean the computer surface: Wipe it with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. Avoid applying liquids directly to the surface. Clean the keyboard: Wipe the keys one by one with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. If you wipe several keys at a time, the cloth might hook onto an adjacent key and possibly damage it. Avoid Chapter 1. Important safety information 17 spraying cleaner directly onto the keyboard. To remove any crumbs or dust from beneath the keys, you can use a camera blower with a brush or use cool air from a hair dryer. Clean the computer screen: Scratches, oil, dust, chemicals, and ultraviolet light can affect the performance of your computer screen. Use a dry, soft lint-free cloth to wipe the screen gently. If you see a scratchlike mark on your screen, it might be a stain. Wipe or dust the stain gently with a soft, dry cloth. If the stain remains, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water or eyeglass cleaner, but do not apply liquids directly to your computer screen. Ensure that the computer screen is dry before closing it. Cleaning and maintenance (for notebook computers and tablets) With appropriate care and maintenance, your computer will serve you reliably. The following topics offer information to help you keep your computer working with best performance. Basic maintenance tips Here are some basic points about keeping your computer functioning properly:

If possible, place your computer in a well-ventilated and dry area without direct exposure to sunshine. Store packing materials safely out of the reach of children to prevent the risk of suffocation from plastic bags.

(more than 13 cm or 5 inches). Keep your computer away from magnets, activated cellular phones, electrical appliances, or speakers Avoid subjecting your computer to extreme temperatures (below 5C/41F or above 35C/95F). Avoid placing any objects (including paper) between the display and the keyboard or the palm rest. Computer display might be designed to be opened and used at a certain angle. Do not open the display with force. Otherwise, the computer hinge might get damaged. Do not turn your computer over when the ac power adapter is plugged in, otherwise, it could break the Before moving your computer, be sure to remove any media, turn off attached devices, and disconnect When picking up your open computer, hold it by the bottom. Do not pick up or hold your computer by the Only an authorized Lenovo repair technician should disassemble and repair your computer. Do not modify or tape the latches to keep the display open or closed. Avoid directly exposing your computer and peripherals to the air from an appliance that can produce negative ions. Wherever possible, ground your computer to facilitate safe electrostatic discharge. Clean your computer It is a good practice to clean your computer periodically to protect the surfaces and ensure trouble-free operation. Clean the computer cover: Wipe it with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. Avoid applying liquids directly to the cover. Clean the keyboard: Wipe the keys one by one with a lint-free cloth dampened in mild soap and water. If you wipe several keys at a time, the cloth might hook onto an adjacent key and possibly damage it. Avoid spraying cleaner directly onto the keyboard. To remove any crumbs or dust from beneath the keys, you can use a camera blower with a brush or use cool air from a hair dryer. adapter plug. cords and cables. display. 18 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Clean the computer screen: Scratches, oil, dust, chemicals, and ultraviolet light can affect the performance of your computer screen. Use a dry, soft lint-free cloth to wipe the screen gently. If you see a scratchlike mark on your screen, it might be a stain. Wipe or dust the stain gently with a soft, dry cloth. If the stain remains, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water or eyeglass cleaner, but do not apply liquids directly to your computer screen. Ensure that the computer screen is dry before closing it. Chapter 1. Important safety information 19 20 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Chapter 2. Compliance information This chapter provides radio frequency compliance statements, electromagnetic emission notices and environmental information about Lenovo products. Radio frequency compliance statements Computer models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Besides this document, ensure that you read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your computer. The Regulatory Notice contains specific regulatory information about these wireless devices. To access the latest Regulatory Notice, go to https://

support.lenovo.com. Wireless-related information This topic provides wireless-related information about Lenovo products. Wireless interoperability Wireless-LAN card is designed to be interoperable with any wireless-LAN product that is based on Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), Complementary Code Keying (CCK), and/or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) radio technology, and is compliant to:

The 802.11b/g Standard, 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, 802.11ax, or 802.11ac on wireless-LANs, as defined by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) certification as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance. Notes:

Some models may not support 802.11ax, depending on your wireless configurations. For some countries or regions, use of 802.11ax may be disabled according to your local regulations. Usage environment and your health This computer contains integrated wireless cards that operate within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes that this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 21 European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Radio Equipment Compliance EU Contact: Lenovo (Slovakia), Landererova 12, 811 09 Bratislava, Slovakia UK contact: Lenovo, Redwood, Crockford Lane, Basingstoke, RG24 8WQ, UK. This product is in conformity with all the requirements and essential norms that apply to EU Council Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU on the approximation of the laws of the Member States, as well as the UK Radio Equipment Regulations SI 2017 No. 1206, relating to radio equipment. The full text of the system EU declaration of conformity is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc The full text of the system UK declaration of conformity is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/uk-doc Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended modification of the product, including the installation of option cards from other manufacturers. This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class B equipment according to European and UK compliance standards. The limits for Class B equipment were derived for typical residential environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with certified communication devices. RF exposure information This device meets the EU / UK requirements, and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines for general publics exposure to electromagnetic fields. To limit RF exposure, and to comply with the RF exposure requirements (SAR, Specific Absorption Rate), use this device under good radio signal conditions, and maintain the correct user distance from the wireless antennas. Refer to your User Guide for the wireless antenna locations. For devices where the location of the wireless antennas is close to the users body (< 20 cm), the specific SAR values and statement are provided in the documentation that came with your device. For devices where the location of the wireless antennas is > 20 cm from the user, there is not a specific SAR value and the device must be operated at a minimum separation distance of 20 cm from the users body. Brazil Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. This equipment is not protected against harmful interference and may not cause interference with duly authorized systems. 22 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Advertencia: En Mexico la operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Mexico Singapore Electromagnetic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Suppliers Declaration of Conformity Notes:

The statements below regarding FCC are only valid for products that are shipping to the United States. Refer to the product label information to identify the specific model name and number of your product. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:

Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 7001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 Email: FCC@lenovo.com Chapter 2. Compliance information 23 Industry Canada compliance statement CAN ICES-003(B)/NMB-003(B) European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Electromagnetic Compatibility Compliance This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU on the approximation of the laws of the Member States, as well as UK SI 2016 No. 1091 with amendments, relating to the electromagnetic compatibility limits for Class B equipment. These Class B requirements are intended to offer adequate protection to broadcast services within residential environments. German Class B compliance statement Hinweis zur Einhaltung der Klasse B zur elektromagnetischen Vertrglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie zur elektromagnetischen Vertrglichkeit Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit in den EU-

Mitgliedsstaaten und hlt die Grenzwerte der Klasse B der Norm gem Richtlinie. Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Gerte wie in den Handbchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben. Des Weiteren drfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo bernimmt keine Verantwortung fr die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo verndert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden. Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli 2007 (frher Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Gerten), bzw. der EU Richtlinie 2014/30/EU, der EU Richtlinie 2014/53/EU Artikel 3.1b), fr Gerte der Klasse B. Dieses Gert ist berechtigt, in bereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformittszeichen -

CE - zu fhren. Verantwortlich fr die Konformittserklrung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo

(Deutschland) GmbH, Meitnerstr. 9, D-70563 Stuttgart. Japan VCCI Class B compliance statement Japan compliance statement for products which connect to the power mains with rated current less than or equal to 20 A per phase 24 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Japan notice for ac power cord The ac power cord shipped with your product can be used only for this specific product. Do not use the ac power cord for other devices. Environmental information This section provides environmental, recycling, and RoHS information of countries and regions about Lenovo products. Recycling and environmental information Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information about recycling Lenovo products, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling The latest environmental information about our products is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/ecodeclaration Important battery recycling and WEEE information Take back and recycling information for WEEE and batteries/accumulators in the European Union and the United Kingdom The crossed-out wheeled bin marking applies only to countries with WEEE and batteries waste regulations including the European Union (EU), and United Kingdom (UK). Appliances and batteries/accumulators are labeled in accordance with local regulations concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) and waste batteries and waste accumulators. These regulations determine the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances and used batteries/accumulators as applicable within each geography. This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away, but rather put in the established collection systems for reclaiming these end of life products. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery (Pb for lead, Hg for mercury, and Cd for cadmium). Users of electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and users of batteries/accumulators with the crossed-out wheeled bin marking must not dispose of end of life products as unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to them for the return, recycle, and recovery of WEEE and waste batteries/

accumulators and to minimize any potential effects of EEE and batteries on the environment and human health due to the presence of hazardous substances. Chapter 2. Compliance information 25 Lenovo electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) may contain parts and components, which at end-of-life might qualify as hazardous waste. EEE and waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) can be delivered free of charge to the place of sale or any distributor that sells electrical and electronic equipment of the same nature and function as the used EEE or WEEE. Before placing electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) in the waste collection stream or in waste collection facilities, the end user of equipment containing batteries and/or accumulators must remove those batteries and accumulators for separate collection. Dispose of lithium batteries and battery packs from Lenovo products:

A coin-cell type lithium battery might be installed inside your Lenovo product. You can find details about the battery in the product documentation. If the battery needs to be replaced, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Your Lenovo device might contain a lithium-ion battery pack or a nickel metal hydride battery pack. You can find details on the battery pack in the product documentation. If you need to dispose of a battery pack, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact Lenovo sales, service, or your place of purchase, or a waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. You also can refer to the instructions provided in the user guide for your product. For proper collection and treatment, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/environment For additional WEEE information, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling WEEE information for Hungary Lenovo, as a producer, bears the cost incurred in connection with the fulfillment of Lenovos obligations under Hungary Law No. 197/2014 (VIII.1.) subsections (1)-(5) of section 12. EU ErP (EcoDesign) Directive (2009/125/EC) - external power adapters

(Regulation (EU) 2019/1782), Ecodesign for Energy-Related Products Regulations 2010 - UK SI 2010 No. 2617 (Ext PSU), SI 2020 No. 485 (Ntwk Standby), SI 2014 No. 1290 as amended Lenovo products are compliant with the EU EcoDesign (ErP) Directive and UK EcoDesign for Energy-related Products Regulations. Refer to the following for details. For EU, refer to the system declaration https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc, and for UK refer to the system declaration https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/uk-doc. Japan recycling statements Collect and recycle a disused Lenovo computer or monitor If you are a company employee and need to dispose of a Lenovo computer or monitor that is the property of the company, you must do so in accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources. Computers and monitors are categorized as industrial waste and should be properly disposed of by an industrial waste disposal contractor certified by a local government. In accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, Lenovo Japan provides, through its PC Collecting and 26 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Recycling Services, for the collecting, reuse, and recycling of disused computers and monitors. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Pursuant to the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, the collecting and recycling of home-

used computers and monitors by the manufacturer was begun on October 1, 2003. This service is provided free of charge for home-used computers sold after October 1, 2003. For details, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Dispose of Lenovo computer components Some Lenovo computer products sold in Japan may have components that contain heavy metals or other environmental sensitive substances. To properly dispose of disused components, such as a printed circuit board or drive, use the methods described above for collecting and recycling a disused computer or monitor. Dispose of disused lithium batteries from Lenovo computers A button-shaped lithium battery is installed inside your Lenovo computer to provide power to the computer clock while the computer is off or disconnected from the main power source. If you need to replace it with a new one, contact your place of purchase or contact Lenovo for service. If you need to dispose of a disused lithium battery, insulate it with vinyl tape, contact your place of purchase or an industrial-waste-disposal operator, and follow their instructions. Disposal of a lithium battery must comply with local ordinances and regulations. Dispose of a disused battery from Lenovo notebook computers Your Lenovo notebook computer has a lithium ion battery or a nickel metal hydride battery. If you are a company employee who uses a Lenovo notebook computer and need to dispose of a battery, contact the proper person in Lenovo sales, service, or marketing, and follow that person's instructions. You also can refer to the instructions at:

https://www.lenovo.com/jp/ja/environment/recycle/battery/

If you use a Lenovo notebook computer at home and need to dispose of a battery, you must comply with local ordinances and regulations. You also can refer to the instructions at:

https://www.lenovo.com/jp/ja/environment/recycle/battery/

Recycling information for Brazil Declaraes de Reciclagem no Brasil Descarte de um Produto Lenovo Fora de Uso Equipamentos eltricos e eletrnicos no devem ser descartados em lixo comum, mas enviados pontos de coleta, autorizados pelo fabricante do produto para que sejam encaminhados e processados por empresas especializadas no manuseio de resduos industriais, devidamente certificadas pelos orgos ambientais, de acordo com a legislao local. A Lenovo possui um canal especfico para auxili-lo no descarte desses produtos. Caso voc possua um produto Lenovo em situao de descarte, ligue para o nosso SAC ou encaminhe um e-mail para:

reciclar@lenovo.com, informando o modelo, nmero de srie e cidade, a fim de enviarmos as instrues para o correto descarte do seu produto Lenovo. Chapter 2. Compliance information 27 Recycling information for mainland China Battery recycling information for Taiwan Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada (for selected models) Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive of countries and regions The latest environmental information about Lenovo products is available at:

https://www.lenovo.com/ecodeclaration European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) RoHS This Lenovo product, with included parts (cables, cords, and so on) meets the requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (as amended by Directive 2015/863/EU) and UK SI 2012 No. 3032 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment ("RoHS recast" or "RoHS 2"). For more information about Lenovo worldwide compliance on RoHS, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/rohs-communication 28 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Ukraine RoHS India RoHS RoHS compliant as per E-Waste (Management) Rules. Mainland China RoHS (for desktop computers) The information in the following table is applicable to products manufactured on or after January 1, 2015 for sale in the Peoples Republic of China. Chapter 2. Compliance information 29 Mainland China RoHS (for workstations) Mainland China RoHS (for notebook computers and tablets) The information in the following table is applicable to products manufactured on or after January 1, 2015 for sale in the Peoples Republic of China. 30 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Chapter 2. Compliance information 31 Taiwan RoHS (for desktop computers) 32 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Taiwan RoHS (for workstations) Chapter 2. Compliance information 33 Taiwan RoHS (for notebook computers and tablets) ENERGY STAR model information ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy aimed at saving money and protecting the environment through energy efficient products and practices. Lenovo is proud to offer products with the ENERGY STAR certified designation. Lenovo computers, if carry an ENERGY STAR mark, have been designed and tested to conform to the ENERGY STAR program requirements for computers as prescribed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. For a certified computer, an ENERGY STAR mark may be affixed to the product, the product packaging, or displayed electronically on the E-label screen or the power settings interface. By using ENERGY STAR compliant products and taking advantage of the power management features of your computer, you reduce the consumption of electricity. Reduced electrical consumption contributes to potential financial savings, a cleaner environment, and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. For more information about ENERGY STAR, go to https://www.energystar.gov. 34 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Other compliance information This section provides other compliance information of countries and regions about Lenovo products. Eye comfort (for desktop computers and workstations) The property of the display in combination with following notes result in reduced eye fatigue and increased comfort. For tips on how to minimize visual fatigue, please go to https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/safecomp/ to visit Minimizing Visual Fatigue. Remote control (for selected desktop computers and workstations) CAUTION:

Do not use rechargeable batteries in this device. Export classification notice This product is subject to the United States Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and has an Export Classification Control Number (ECCN) of 5A992.c. It can be re-exported except to any of the embargoed countries in the EAR E1 country list. Lenovo product service information for Taiwan Taiwan precautionary vision statement 3010 221 Keyboard and mouse compliance statement for Taiwan (for desktop computers and workstations) Supplemental information for the Eurasian Union (for selected models)

(Wi-Fi, Bluetooth .).

, 23/ , 979

, , (Lenovo PC HK Limited, 23/F Lincoln House, Taikoo Place 979 King's Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong) Chapter 2. Compliance information 35

( /) 143401, ,

. , , 4, 1, VII,

. +7 495 645 83 38, +7 495 645 78 77.

* 2.601-2013

. , 5.1, 5.1.2, .

* , Date (

-: https://support.lenovo.com

( ) Brazil audio notice Ouvir sons com mais de 85 decibis por longos perodos pode provocar danos ao sistema auditivo. Korea radio frequency compliance statement

( 24002483.5 , 57255825 ) SAR

. SAR . SAR

. 20mm

. Regulatory labels Depending on your country or region, you can find the government-required regulatory information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton On a physical label attached to your computer Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9, or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu and the Regulatory Information option subsequently. Korean E-label notice (for selected models) 36 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Appendix A. TCO Certified Selected models are TCO Certified and bear the TCO Certified logo. Note: TCO Certified is an international third-party sustainability certification for IT products. For details, go to https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/tco. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 37 38 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Appendix B. Accessibility and ergonomic information This chapter provides information about accessibility and ergonomics. Accessibility information Lenovo is committed to providing users who have hearing, vision, and mobility limitations with greater access to information and technology. You can get the most up-to-date accessibility information from https://www.lenovo.com/accessibility. If you need additional support with the accessibility features, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/

supportphonelist to find the support phone numbers for your country or region. Ergonomic information Good ergonomic practice is important to get the most from your personal computer and to avoid discomfort. Arrange your workplace and the equipment you use to suit your individual needs and the kind of work that you perform. In addition, use healthy work habits to maximize your performance and comfort when using your computer. Working in the virtual office might mean adapting to frequent changes in your environment. Adapting to the surrounding light sources, active seating, and the placement of your computer hardware, can help you improve your performance and achieve greater comfort. This example shows someone in a conventional setting. Even when not in such a setting, you can follow many of these tips. Develop good habits, and they will serve you well. General posture: Make minor modifications in your working posture to deter the onset of discomfort caused by long periods of working in the same position. Frequent short breaks from your work also help to prevent minor discomfort associated with your working posture. Display: Position the display to maintain a comfortable viewing distance of 510 mm to 760 mm (20 inches to 30 inches). Avoid glare or reflections on the display from overhead lighting or outside sources of light. Keep the display screen clean and set the brightness to levels that enable you to see the screen clearly. Press the brightness control keys to adjust display brightness. Head position: Keep your head and neck in a comfortable and neutral (vertical, or upright) position. Chair: Use a chair that gives you good back support and seat height adjustment. Use chair adjustments to best suit your comfort posture. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 39 Arm and hand position: If available, use chair arm rests or an area on your working surface to provide weight support for your arms. Keep your forearms, wrists, and hands in a relaxed and neutral (horizontal) position. Type with a soft touch without pounding the keys. Leg position: Keep your thighs parallel to the floor and your feet flat on the floor or on a footrest. What if you are traveling?

It might not be possible to observe the best ergonomic practices when you are using your computer while on the move or in a casual setting. Regardless of the setting, try to observe as many of the tips as possible. Sitting properly and using adequate lighting, for example, helps you maintain desirable levels of comfort and performance. If your work area is not in an office setting, ensure to take special note of employing active sitting and taking work breaks. Many product solutions are available to help you modify and expand your computer to best suit your needs. You can find some of these options at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Explore your options for docking solutions and external products that provide the adjustability and features that you want. Questions about vision?

The visual display screens of notebook computers are designed to meet the highest standards. These visual display screens provide you with clear, crisp images and large, bright displays that are easy to see, yet easy on the eyes. Any concentrated and sustained visual activity can be tiring. If you have questions on eye fatigue or visual discomfort, consult a vision-care specialist for advice. 40 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Appendix C. Notices and trademarks Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent programs covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

Lenovo (United States), Inc. 8001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. Changes are made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. To provide better service, Lenovo reserves the right to improve and/or modify the products and software programs described in the manuals included with your computer, and the content of the manual, at any time without additional notice. The software interface and function and hardware configuration described in the manuals included with your computer might not match exactly the actual configuration of the computer that you purchase. For the configuration of the product, refer to the related contract (if any) or product packing list, or consult the distributor for the product sales. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Copyright Lenovo 2020, 2021 41 Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. This document is copyrighted by Lenovo and is not covered by any open source license, including any Linux agreement(s) which may accompany software included with this product. Lenovo may update this document at any time without notice. For the latest information or any questions or comments, contact or visit the Lenovo Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Trademarks LENOVO and the LENOVO logo are trademarks of Lenovo. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 42 Generic Safety and Compliance Notices

Regulatory Notice Read this first Read this document before using your computer. This computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Install and use your computer according to the following instructions. The latest Regulatory Notice manual is available on the Lenovo Web site. To download the manual, go to https://support.lenovo.com and then follow the on-screen instructions. Lisez ce document avant d'utiliser votre ordinateur. Cette ordinateur est conforme aux normes de frquence radio et de scurit du pays ou de la rgion o son utilisation sans fil est autorise. Installez et utilisez votre ordinateur en vous conformant aux instructions ci-dessous. La dernire version du manuel Regulatory Notice est disponible sur le site Web de Lenovo. Pour tlcharger le document, rendez-vous sur https://support.lenovo.com et suivez les instructions l'cran. First Edition (February 2023) Copyright Lenovo 2023. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

. . Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada . . . . . . 1 USA - Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) . . . . FCC RF exposure compliance . . . Emergency Calls

. . . Simultaneous use of RF transmitters . Radio Frequency interference requirements . 1

. 3

. 4

. 4

. 4

. . . . . . Canada Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) . . . ISED certification number . . Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) . Canada - Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement

. . conomique (ISDE)

. . Numro de certification ISDE . Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) . . . Electromagnetic emission notices. . . Usage environment and your health . . Precautions against electrostatic discharges (ESD)

. . in inserting or removing the nano-SIM card . . . . 4

. 4

. 7

. 7

. 7

. 10

. 10

. 10

. 11 Chapter 2. European Union (EU) /

United Kingdom (UK) Compliance. . . 13

. 13 UK declaration of conformity. . . . EU declaration of conformity . . Bulgarian . . Croatian . . Czech . . Danish . . Dutch . . Estonian. . Finnish . . French . . German . . Greek . . Hungarian . . Italian . . Latvian . . Lithuanian . Norwegian . . . Polish. Portuguese . . . Romanian . . Slovakian . . Slovenian . . Spanish . . Swedish. . Turkish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

. 13

. 13

. 13

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 14

. 15

. 15

. 15

. 15

. 15

. 15

. 16

. 16

. 16

. 16

. 16

. 16

. 17

. 17 Chapter 3. Trademarks . . . . . . . . 19 Copyright Lenovo 2023 i ii Regulatory Notice About this manual This manual contains regulatory information for the following wireless modules and ThinkPad products.

(1) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module RTL8822CE

(2) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module RTL8852BE

(3) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module RTL8852CE

(4) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module QCNFA725

(5) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module MT7921

(6) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module MT7922A12L

(7) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module MT7922A22M

(8) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module AX201NGW

(9) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module AX201D2W

(10) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module AX211NGW

(11) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module AX211D2W

(12) WLAN/Bluetooth combo module BE200D2W

(13) WWAN module L860-GL-16

(14) WWAN module FM101-GL

(15) WWAN module EM05-CE

(16) WWAN module EM05-G

(17) WWAN module FM350-GL

(18) WWAN module T99W175

(19) NFC module T77H747

(20) RFID module R8XXEA (R8XXEA-V3)

(21) Human Presence Sensing module X4C007

(22) Earbuds L06D

(23) Earbuds L06E Note: 9560NGW R is a sub-model of 9560NGW, its certification is covered by 9560NGW. Product ThinkPad X1 Yoga Gen 8 ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 ThinkPad T14 Gen 4 (Intelmodels) ThinkPad T14 Gen 4 (AMD models) ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 (AMD models) ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 (Intel models) ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 (Intel models) ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 (AMD models) ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 Compliance ID Supported wireless module TP00128C TP00129C TP00135D TP00135C TP00136C TP00136D TP00145A TP00145B TP00146A

(11)(13)(17)(19)

(11)(13)(15)(17)(19)

(4)(11)(13)(16)(19)(20)

(4)(6)(13)(16)(19)

(4)(11)(13)(16)(19)

(4)(6)(13)(16)(19)

(4)(11)(13)(15)(16)(17)(19)

(4)(13)(16)

(11)(13)(15)(16)(19) Copyright Lenovo 2023 iii Product Compliance ID Supported wireless module ThinkPad T14s Gen 4 (Intel models) ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 ThinkPad P16v Gen 1 (Intel models) ThinkPad P16v Gen 1 (AMD models) Notes:

TP00130F TP00143B TP00147A TP00147B Intel models: computer models with the Intel microprocessor AMD models: computer models with the AMD microprocessor

(4)(11)(13)(16)(17)(19)

(11)(13)(19) iv Regulatory Notice Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Depending on your product configuration, this device may contain license-exempt wireless radio modules, and also WWAN cellular radio modules, that are compliant with all Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) CFR Title 47 requirements. Note: The wireless radio modules mentioned above are preinstalled. If service or replacement is required, it can be completed by yourself or a Lenovo-authorized servicer, depending on whether the module is a customer replaceable unit (CRU) or not. See CRU list in the User Guide for more information. You can find the FCC certification information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton On a physical label attached to your computer Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, do one of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. The E-label screen is displayed. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. Refer to the FCC ID certification details below:

Type 1: For licence exempt wireless radio modules FCC ID: PD99560NG Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: 9560NGW) FCC ID: PD9AX201D2 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX201D2W) FCC ID: PD9AX211NG Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX211NGW) FCC ID: PD9AX211D2 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX211D2W) FCC ID: PD9AX201NG Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX201NGW) FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: QCNFA725) FCC ID: RAS-MT7921 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7921) FCC ID: RAS-MT7922A12L Copyright Lenovo 2023 1 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7922A12L) FCC ID: RAS-MT7922A22M Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7922A22M) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8852BE Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8852BE) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8822CE Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8822CE) FCC ID: MCLT77H747 NFC module (model: T77H747) FCC ID: 2AD9Q-X4C007 Human Presence Sensing module (model: X4C007) FCC ID: M9MR8XXEA RFID module (model: R8XXEA-V3) FCC ID: A5M-L06D Earbuds tray (model: L06D) FCC ID: A5M-L06E Earbuds (model: L06E) Type 2: For cellular radio models Table 1. ThinkPad X1 Yoga Gen 8 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00128C FM350-GL L860-GL-16 ZMOFM350GLL ZMOL860GL16L Table 2. ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00129C FM350-GL L860-GL-16 ZMOFM350GLG ZMOL860GL16LL Table 3. ThinkPad T14 Gen 4 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00135D L860-GL-16 EM05-G ZMOL860GL16G XMR2021EM05G2 Table 4. ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00136D L860-GL-16 EM05-G ZMOL860GL16R XMR2022EM05G 2 Regulatory Notice Table 5. ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00145A L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G 2AJN7-TP00145ALF 2AJN7-TP00145AU 2AJN7-TP00145ALQ Table 6. ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 (AMD models) Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00145B L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G Table 7. ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 2AJN7-TP00145ALF 2AJN7-TP00145AU 2AJN7-TP00145ALQ Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00146A L860-GL-16 EM05-G 2AJN7-TP00146ALF 2AJN7-TP00146ALQ Table 8. ThinkPad T14s Gen 4 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00130F L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G 2AJN7-TP00130CLF 2AJN7-TP00130CU 2AJN7-TP00130CLQ Table 9. ThinkPad P16 Gen2 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00143B L860-GL-16 ZMOL860GL16G Table 10. ThinkPad P16v Gen 2 Compliance ID Integrated Wireless WAN module FCC ID TP00147A / TP00147B L860-GL-16 2AJN7-TP00147A FCC RF exposure compliance The radiated output power of your computer is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, it should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of your computer. CAUTION:

The total radiated energy from the antennas connected to the installed wireless modules conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement, regarding 47 CFR Part 2 Section 1093, when the computer was tested in either conventional notebook or tablet computer orientations. To know the location of transmission antennas for the Wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module and the wireless WAN module, see Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas in the User Guide. Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 3 Emergency Calls The wireless WAN module does not support voice calls, hence their use for essential communication is not possible, including emergency calls regarding the E911 rule. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your computer is approved for simultaneous use of the integrated wireless modules. Make sure of the following conditions when you use any other external wireless option device:

When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the RF Safety requirement and is approved to use for your computer. You must follow the RF Safety instructions of wireless option devices that are included in the user manual of the RF option device. If wireless options are prohibited to use in conjunction with another transmitters, you must turn off all other wireless features in your computer. Radio Frequency interference requirements When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11a/n/ac/ax transmission mode, note that high power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5250 to 5350 MHz and 5650 to 5850 MHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. Canada Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) ISED certification number Your computer contains the following wireless devices and the certification number is as below. Type 1: For licence exempt wireless radio modules IC: 1000M-9560NG Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: 9560NGW) 1000M-AX201D2 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX201D2W) IC: 1000M-AX211NG Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX211NGW) IC: 1000M-AX211D2 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX211D2W) IC: 1000M-AX201NG Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: AX201NGW) IC: 5903G-QCNFA725 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: QCNFA725) IC: 7542A-MT7921 Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7921) IC: 7542A-MT7922A12L Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7922A12L) 4 Regulatory Notice IC: 7542A-MT7922A22M Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: MT7922A22M) IC: 6317A-RTL8852BE Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8852BE) IC:6317A-RTL8822CE Wireless LAN module with Bluetooth function (model: RTL8822CE) IC: 2878D-T77H747 NFC module (model: T77H747) IC: 22782-X4C007 Human Presence Sensing module (model: X4C007) IC: 5903G-L06D Earbuds tray (model: L06D) IC: 5903G-L06E Earbuds (model: L06E) Type 2: For cellular radio models Table 11. ThinkPad X1 Yoga Gen 8 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00128C TP00128C L860-GL-16 FM350-GL 21374-L860GL16 21374-FM350GL Table 12. ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00129C TP00129C L860-GL-16 FM350-GL 21374-L860GL16 21374-FM350GL Table 13. ThinkPad T14 Gen 4 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00135D TP00135D L860-GL-16 EM05-G 21374-L860GL16 10224A-2021EM05G Table 14. ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00136D TP00136D L860-GL-16 EM05-G 21374-L860GL16 10224A-2021EM05G Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 5 Table 15. ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00145ALF TP00145AU TP00145ALQ L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G Table 16. ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 (AMD models) 21863-TP00145ALF 21863-TP00145AU 21863-TP00145ALQ Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00145BLF TP00145BU TP00145BLQ L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G Table 17. ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 21863-TP00145ALF 21863-TP00145AU 21863-TP00145ALQ Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00146ALF TP00146ALQ L860-GL-16 EM05-G 21863-TP00146ALF 21863-TP00146ALQ Table 18. ThinkPad T14s Gen 4 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00130FLF TP00130FU TP00130FLQ L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G 21863-TP00130CLF 21863-TP00130CU 21863-TP00130CLQ Table 19. ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00143B L860-GL-16 21374-L860GL16 Table 20. ThinkPad P16v Gen 2 Compliance ID or M/N Integrated Wireless WAN module IC ID TP00147A / TP00147B L860-GL-16 21863-TP00147A You can find the IC certification information through one of the following methods:

On a physical label attached to the outside of your computer shipping carton On a physical label attached to your computer Through an electronic-label screen (E-label screen) preinstalled on your computer To access the E-label screen, do one of the following:

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F9. The E-label screen is displayed. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press Enter or tap the prompt to enter the Startup Interrupt menu. Then press F9 or tap the Regulatory Information option. The E-label screen is displayed. 6 Regulatory Notice Depending on your product configuration, this device may contain license-exempt wireless radio modules, and also WWAN cellular radio modules, that are compliant with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas Radio Standards Specifications (RSS) requirements. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause interference. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Note that the license-exempt wireless radio modules mentioned above are factory preinstalled, and are not removable or serviceable by the customer. If service or replacement is required, it must be completed by a Lenovo authorized servicer. In addition, it is prohibited to replace them with any other wireless features. When you use a wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo module in the 802.11a/n/ac/ax transmission mode, note that the devices for the band 51505250 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) The computer employs low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canada's Web site at:

http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

The radiated energy from the antennas connected to the wireless modules conforms to the Canada Portable RF exposure limit regarding IC RSS-102 Issue 5, Section 4 set forth for an uncontrolled environment, and are safe for intended operation in the conventional setting. Further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Canada - Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique (ISDE) Numro de certification ISDE Votre ordinateur contient les priphriques sans fil suivants et le numro de certification indiqu ci-dessous. Type 1: Pour modules de radiocommunication sans fil exempts de licence IC: 1000M-9560NG Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : 9560NGW) IC: 1000M-AX201D2 Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : AX201D2W) IC: 1000M-AX211NG Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : AX211NGW) IC: 1000M-AX211D2 Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : AX211D2W) IC: 1000M-AX201NG Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : AX201NGW) IC: 5903G-QCNFA725 Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : QCNFA725) Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 7 IC: 7542A-MT7921 Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : MT7921) IC: 7542A-MT7922A12L Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : MT7922A12L) IC: 542A-MT7922A22M Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : MT7922A22M) IC: 6317A-RTL8852BE Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : RTL8852BE) IC: 6317A-RTL8822CE Carte combine sans fil LAN/Bluetooth (modle : RTL8822CE) IC: 2878D-T77H747 Module NFC (modle : T77H747) 22782-X4C007 Module Human Presence Sensing (modle: X4C007) 5903G-L06D Earbuds tray (modle: L06D) 5903G-L06E Earbuds (modle: L06E) Type 2: Pour modles de radiocommunication cellulaires Table 21. ThinkPad X1 Yoga Gen 8 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00128C TP00128C L860-GL-16 FM350-GL 21374-L860GL16 21374-FM350GL Table 22. ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00129C TP00129C L860-GL-16 FM350-GL 21374-L860GL16 21374-FM350GL Table 23. ThinkPad T14 Gen 4 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00135D TP00135D L860-GL-16 EM05-G 21374-L860GL16 10224A-2021EM05G Table 24. ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00136D TP00136D L860-GL-16 EM05-G 21374-L860GL16 10224A-2021EM05G 8 Regulatory Notice Table 25. ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00145ALF TP00145AU TP00145ALQ L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G Table 26. ThinkPad X13 Gen 4 (AMD models) 21863-TP00145ALF 21863-TP00145AU 21863-TP00145ALQ ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00145BLF TP00145BU TP00145BLQ L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G Table 27. ThinkPad X13 Yoga Gen 4 21863-TP00145ALF 21863-TP00145AU 21863-TP00145ALQ ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00146ALF TP00146ALQ L860-GL-16 EM05-G 21863-TP00146ALF 21863-TP00146ALQ Table 28. ThinkPad T14s Gen 4 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00130FLF TP00130FU TP00130FLQ L860-GL-16 FM350-GL EM05-G 21863-TP00130CLF 21863-TP00130CU 21863-TP00130CLQ Table 29. ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00143B L860-GL-16 21374-L860GL16 Table 30. ThinkPad P16v Gen 2 ID de conformit ou M/N Module WAN sans fil intgr IC ID TP00147A / TP00147B L860-GL-16 21863-TP00147A Vous trouverez les informations relatives aux numros de certification IC via l'une des mthodes suivantes:

Sur une tiquette physique appose l'extrieur du carton d'emballage de l'ordinateur Sur une tiquette physique appose votre ordinateur Via un cran d'tiquette lectronique (cran de l'E-label) prinstall sur votre ordinateur Pour accder l'cran de l'E-label, procdez comme suit:

Redmarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque l'cran d'accueil du logiciel s'affiche, appuyez sur la touche F9. L'cran de l'E-label s'affiche. Redmarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque le logo s'affiche, appuyez sur Entre ou touchez l'invite pour entrer dans le menu Startup Interrupt. Appuyez sur F9 ou touchez l'option Informations rglementaires. L'cran de l'E-label s'affiche. Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 9 En fonction de la configuration de votre produit, il se peut que ce priphrique prsente des modules de radiocommunication sans fil exempts de licence, mais aussi des modules de radiocommunication cellulaires WWAN, qui sont conformes aux exigences du Cahier des charges sur les normes radiolectriques (CNR) dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada. Cet appareil ne doit pas perturber les communications radio. Cet appareil doit supporter toute perturbation, y compris les perturbations qui pourraient provoquer son dysfonctionnement. Veuillez noter que les modules de radiocommunication sans fil exempts de licence mentionns ci-dessus sont prinstalls en usine. Ils ne peuvent pas tre retirs ou rpars par le client. Sil est ncessaire de procder une rparation ou un remplacement, cela doit tre ralis par un prestataire de services agr par Lenovo. En outre, il est interdit de les remplacer par une autre fonction sans fil. Lorsque vous utilisez un module de rseau local sans fil/Bluetooth dans le mode de transmission 802.11a/n/

ac/ax, les appareils destins la bande 51505250 MHz devront tre exclusivement utiliss en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) Les ordinateur utilisent des antennes intgrales faible gain qui n'mettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par Sant Canada pour la population. Consultez le Code de scurit 6 sur le site Web de Sant Canada l'adresse:

http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

L'nergie mise par les antennes relies aux modules sans fil respecte la limite d'exposition aux radiofrquences mises par les appareils portables au Canada telle que dfinie par Industrie Canada dans la section 4 du document CNR-102, version 5 pour un environnement non contrl et permet d'affecter sans danger le produit l'usage auquel il est destin. La rduction de l'exposition aux radiofrquences est possible si le produit peut tre conserv aussi loin que possible du corps de l'utilisateur ou en dfinissant une puissance de sortie plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. Electromagnetic emission notices Refer to your product User Guide for information regarding the FCC compliance statement and other compliance statements. Usage environment and your health The wireless device installed in the computer operates within the guidelines identified by radio frequency (RF) safety standards and recommendations; therefore, Lenovo believes this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the worldwide scientific community, and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists, who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of wireless devices might be restricted by the proprietor of a building or responsible representatives of an organization. For example, these situations and areas might include the following:

On board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. 10 Regulatory Notice If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless devices in a specific area (such as an airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use a wireless device prior to turning on the computer. Precautions against electrostatic discharges (ESD) in inserting or removing the nano-SIM card Do not touch the nano-SIM card connectors. As a precaution, always make sure that your computer is in your hand before you insert or remove the nano-SIM card. Chapter 1. Regulatory information for users in USA and Canada 11 12 Regulatory Notice Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance UK declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the UK Radio Equipment Regulations SI 2017 No. 1206. The full text of the system UK declaration of conformity is available at: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/uk-doc. EU declaration of conformity Hereby, Lenovo declares that the wireless equipment listed in this document is in compliance with the EU Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the system EU Declaration of Conformity is available at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/

compliance/eu-doc. Bulgarian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. , ,

, 2014/53/E.

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Croatian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. ovime izjavljuje da je beina oprema navedena u ovom dokumentu usklaena s Direktivom o radijskoj opremi 2014/53/EU. Potpuni tekst deklaracije EU-a o sukladnosti sustava dostupan je na sljedeoj internetskoj adresi:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Czech Spolenost Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. tmto prohlauje, e bezdrtov zazen uveden v tomto dokumentu spluj zkladn i dal relevantn poadavky smrnice o rdiovch zazench 2014/53/EU. pln znn EU prohlen o shod systmu je dostupn na nsledujcch internetovch adresch:

Copyright Lenovo 2023 13 https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Danish Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. erklrer hermed, at det trdlse udstyr, der er angivet i dette dokument, overholder direktivet om radioudstyr 2014/53/EU. Hele teksten til EU's overensstemmelseserklring findes p flgende internetadresser:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Dutch Hierbij verklaart Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. dat de draadloze apparatuur die in dit artikel is aangegeven voldoet aan de richtlijn 2014/53/EU voor radioapparatuur. De volledige tekst van de EU-verklaring van conformiteit van het systeem is beschikbaar op de volgende internetpagina:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Estonian Siinkohal kinnitab ettevte Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., et kesolevas dokumendis kirjeldatud juhtmeta seadmed on koosklas raadioseadmete direktiiviga 2014/53/EL. Ssteemi ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni tielik tekst on saadaval jrgmisel Interneti-aadressil:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Finnish Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. ilmoittaa tten, ett tss asiakirjassa mainittu langaton laite on radiolaitedirektiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. Lausuma jrjestelmn EU-snnstenmukaisuudesta on saatavilla kokonaisuudessaan seuraavassa Internet-osoitteessa:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc French Par la prsente, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., dclare que les quipements sans fil lists dans ce document sont conformes la directive 2014/53/EU sur les quipements radio. Le texte complet de la dclaration de l'UE de conformit du systme est disponible l'adresse suivante:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc German Hiermit erklrt Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., dass das in diesem Dokument aufgelistete drahtlose Gert die Funkanlagen-Richtlinie 2014/53/EU erfllt. Die vollstndige EU-Konformittserklrung fr das System finden Sie unter der folgenden Internetadresse:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc 14 Regulatory Notice Greek

, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., 2014/53/. Internet:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Hungarian A Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. kijelenti, hogy a jelen dokumentumban emltett vezetk nlkli kszlk megfelel a 2014/53/EU szm, rdiberendezsekrl szl direktvban foglaltaknak. A rendszer EU-s megfelelsgi nyilatkozatnak teljes szvege a kvetkez webhelyen tekinthet meg:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Italian Con la presente documentazione, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. dichiara che l'apparecchiatura wireless indicata in questo documento conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/EU sulle apparecchiature radio. Il testo integrale della dichiarazione di conformit dei sistemi dell'UE disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Latvian Ar o uzmums Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. pazio, ka aj dokument nordtais bezvadu aprkojums atbilst radioiekrtu Direktvai 2014/53/EK. Pilns ES atbilstbas deklarcijas teksts ir pieejams aj interneta adres:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Lithuanian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. pareikia, kad belaid ranga, nurodyta iame dokumente, atitinka Radijo rangos direktyvos 2014/53/ES reikalavimus. Vis sistemos ES atitikties deklaracijos tekst galite rasti iuo internetiniu adresu:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Norwegian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. erklrer herved at det trdlse utstyret som er oppfrt i dette kapittelet, er i samsvar med direktiv 2014/53/EU om radioutstyr. Hele teksten til EUs samsvarserklring finner du p flgende Internett-adresse:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 15 Polish Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., niniejszym owiadcza, e urzdzenia bezprzewodowe wymienione w tym dokumencie speniaj wymagania dyrektywy w sprawie sprztu radiowego 2014/53/UE. Pena tre deklaracji zgodnoci systemu jest dostpna na nastpujcej stronie internetowej:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Portuguese A Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declara por este meio que o equipamento sem fios listado neste documento est em conformidade com a Diretiva de Equipamento de Rdio 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da declarao de conformidade da UE do sistema est disponvel no seguinte endereo na Internet:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Romanian Prin prezenta, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declar c echipamentul fr fir prezentat n acest document este n conformitate cu Directiva privitoare la echipamentele radio 2014/53/EU. Textul complet al declaraiei de conformitate UE a sistemului este disponibil la urmtoarele adrese:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Slovakian Spolonos Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. tmto vyhlasuje, e bezdrtov zariadenie uveden v tomto dokumente je v slade so smernicou o rdiovch zariadeniach 2014/53/E. pln znenie systmovho vyhlsenia E o zhode je k dispozcii na tchto internetovch adresch:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Slovenian Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. s tem izjavlja, da je brezina oprema, navedena v tem dokumentu, skladna z direktivo o radijski opremi 2014/53/EU. Celotno besedilo izjav EU o skladnosti je na voljo na tem internetnem naslovu:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Spanish Mediante el presente documento, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declara que el equipo inalmbrico indicado en este documento cumple con la Directiva de Equipos de Radio 2014/53/UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad del sistema de la UE est disponible en la siguiente direccin de Internet:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc 16 Regulatory Notice Swedish Hrmed intygar Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. att den trdlsa utrustningen i detta dokument verensstmmer med direktivet fr radioutrustning 2014/53/EU. Den fullstndiga texten i EU:s deklaration om verensstmmelse finns tillgnglig p:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Turkish Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., bu belgede listelenen kablosuz cihazlarn temel gereksinimler ve Radyo Ekipmanlar Ynetmelii 2014/53/EC ile uyumlu olduunu beyan eder. Sistem AB uyumluluk bildiriminin tam metni u nternet adresinde sunulmaktadr:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc Chapter 2. European Union (EU) / United Kingdom (UK) Compliance 17 18 Regulatory Notice Chapter 3. Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD and THINKPAD logo are trademarks of Lenovo. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Copyright Lenovo 2023 19 20 Regulatory Notice

X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Read this first Before using this documentation and the product it supports, ensure that you read and understand the following:

Safety and Warranty Guide Setup Guide Generic Safety and Compliance Notices First Edition (April 2022) Copyright Lenovo 2022. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-

35F-05925. Contents Discover your Lenovo notebook. . . . . iii Chapter 1. Meet your computer . . . . . 1

. . 1

. Front view . . 3

. Side view . 4 Bottom view . . 5 Features and specifications . . 6

. . . . . . . . . . . . USB specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2. Get started with your computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

. 7 Access networks . . 7

. 7

. . Connect to Wi-Fi networks. Connect to the wired Ethernet Connect to a cellular network (for selected models)

. . Turn on the Airplane mode . Interact with your computer . . Use the keyboard shortcuts . Use the TrackPoint pointing device . Use the trackpad . Use the touch screen (for selected models) Connect to an external display . . Lenovo Pen Pro (for selected models)

. 7

. 8

. 8

. 8

. 10

. 11

. 12

. 14

. 15

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Vantage app . Lenovo Quick Clean . Chapter 3. Explore your computer . . 17

. 17 Lenovo apps . 17

. 17

. 17

. 20

. 21

. 22

. 22

. 22

. 22

. 23

. 23

. 23

. . . . Smart features (for selected models). . Color calibration (for selected models) . Intelligent cooling . . . Use the Cool and Quiet on lap feature . . . Manage power . . . . . Set up a Bluetooth connection . . Set up an NFC connection (for selected

. . models)

. Use an SD card . . Check the battery status Charge the computer . Change the power settings

. Purchase accessories

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

. 24

. 24

. 25

. . . . . . . . . Transfer data . Accessories . . . . . Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

. 27 Lock the computer

. . . . Copyright Lenovo 2022

. . . . Log in with your fingerprint Log in with your face ID (for selected models) Protect data against power loss (for selected

. . models) . . . UEFI BIOS passwords . . Password types . . . Set, change, and remove a password . Associate your fingerprints with passwords

(for selected models) . Certificate based BIOS management

. . . . . . . 27

. 28

. 28

. 28

. 28

. 29

. 30

. 31

. . . Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

. 33

. UEFI BIOS . 33

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 33

. 34

. 35

. 35

. 36

. 36

. FIDO (Fast ID) Online authentication . Install a Windows operating system and drivers . . . Enter the UEFI BIOS menu . . . Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface . . . Set the system date and time. . Change the startup sequence . . View UEFI BIOS Event log . . . Detect memory retraining . . . Reset system to factory defaults . . Update UEFI BIOS . . . . Chapter 6. RAID . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

. 39 Storage drive requirements for RAID levels . 39

. . Enter the Intel RST configuration utility . . 40

. . Create RAID volumes

. 40

. . Delete RAID volumes. . 40

. . Reset storage drives to non-RAID . 41

. . . Rebuild RAID 1 volumes . . . . . . Chapter 7. CRU replacement . . . . . 43

. 43 CRU list . . 43 Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery . 44

. . Replace a CRU . Memory module

. 44

. . M.2 solid-state drive and M.2 solid-state drive bracket

. . . Speaker assembly . . . Coin-cell battery . Wireless WAN card (for selected models) . 46

. 49

. 51

. 52

. . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 8. Help and support

. Frequently asked questions . Error messages . Beep errors . . . . . . . . . . . 55

. 55

. . 56

. . 57

. . i

. . . . . Self-help resources . . . Windows label

. . . Call Lenovo . Before you contact Lenovo . . Lenovo Customer Support Center . . Purchase additional services. . . . . . . . 58

. 59

. 59

. 59

. 60

. 61 Appendix A. Compliance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Appendix B. Notices and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 ii X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Discover your Lenovo notebook Thank you for choosing a Lenovo notebook! We are dedicated to delivering the best solution to you. Before starting your tour, please read the following information:

Illustrations in this documentation might look different from your product. Depending on the model, some optional accessories, features, software programs, and user interface instructions might not be applicable to your computer. Documentation content is subject to change without notice. To get the latest documentation, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2022 iii iv X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 1. Meet your computer Front view Infrared camera* / Camera*

Webcam privacy shutter Microphone Speaker Trackpad Touch screen*

Power button with fingerprint reader TrackPoint pointing stick TrackPoint buttons Copyright Lenovo 2022 1

* for selected models Webcam privacy shutter Slide the webcam privacy shutter to cover or uncover the camera lens. It is designed to protect your privacy. Related topics Use the TrackPoint pointing device on page 10 Use the trackpad on page 11 Log in with your fingerprint on page 27 Use the touch screen (for selected models) on page 12 Set up an NFC connection (for selected models) on page 23 Log in with your face ID (for selected models) on page 28 2 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Side view Power connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector Audio connector SD card reader Nano-SIM-card tray USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 Always on USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 Security-lock slot

* for selected models Related topics USB specifications on page 6 Charge the computer on page 22 Lock the computer on page 27 Use an SD card on page 24 Connect to an external display on page 14 Chapter 1. Meet your computer 3 Bottom view Emergency-reset hole If the computer stops responding and you cannot turn it off by pressing the power button, reset your computer:

1. Disconnect your computer from ac power. 2. Insert a straightened paper clip into the hole to cut off power supply temporarily. 3. Connect your computer to ac power and then turn on your computer. CAUTION:

When the computer is operating, it should be placed on a hard and flat surface with its bottom area not in contact with users bare skin. Under normal operating conditions, the temperature of the bottom surface will remain within an acceptable range as defined in IEC 62368-1, but such temperatures can still be high enough to cause discomfort or harm to the user if directly touched for over one minute at a time. As such, it is recommended that users avoid prolonged direct contact with the bottom of the computer. 4 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Features and specifications For detailed specifications of your computer, go to https://psref.lenovo.com and search by product. Memory Storage device Audio Display Two slots, Double data rate 5 (DDR5) small outline dual in-line memory module

(SODIMM), up to 32 GB for each, up to 64 GB in total Two slots, 2280 M.2 solid-state drive, up to 4 TB for each, up to 8 TB in total Dolby Atmos Speaker System Color display with In-Plane Switching (IPS) technology Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) display*

Display ratio: 16:10 Display resolution: 1920 x 1200 pixels, 2560 x 1600 pixels, or 3840 x 2400 pixels Multi-touch technology*

TUV Eye Safe or Eye Comfort certified*

Low Blue Light*

Dolby Vision certified*

Notes: For non-OLED display, High-Dynamic Range (HDR) funtion is only supported under Hybrid Graphics mode. To switch the display setting between Hybrid Graphics mode and Discrete Graphics mode:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Config Display Graphic Devices and follow the on-screen instructions. Face authentication*

Human presence detection*

Security features Fingerprint reader (integrated in power button) Glance Privacy Guard*

Glance Privacy Alert*

Trusted Platform Module (TPM)*

Bluetooth NFC*

GPS (on wireless WAN model)*

Wireless LAN Wireless WAN (4G or 5G)*

Note: The 4G or 5G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location. Chapter 1. Meet your computer 5 Wireless features

* for selected models USB specifications Note: Depending on the model, some USB connectors might not be available on your computer. Connector name Description Connect USB-compatible devices, such as a USB keyboard, USB mouse, USB storage device, or USB printer. Charge USB-C compatible devices with the output voltage and current of 5 V and 1.5 A. Connect to an external display:

USB-C to VGA: up to 1920 x 1200 pixels, 60 Hz USB-C to DP: up to 5120 x 2880 pixels, 60 Hz Connect to USB-C accessories to help expand your computer functionality. To purchase USB-C accessories, go to https://

www.lenovo.com/accessories. USB 2.0 connector USB 3.2 connector Gen 1 USB 3.2 connector Gen 2 USB-C (3.2 Gen 1) connector USB-C (3.2 Gen 2) connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 3) connector USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector Statement on USB transfer rate Depending on many factors such as the processing capability of the host and peripheral devices, file attributes, and other factors related to system configuration and operating environments, the actual transfer rate using the various USB connectors on this device will vary and will be slower than the data rate listed below for each corresponding device. USB device 3.2 Gen 1 / 3.1 Gen 1 3.2 Gen 2 / 3.1 Gen 2 3.2 Gen 2 2 4 Gen 2 2 4 Gen 3 2 Thunderbolt 3 Thunderbolt 4 Data rate (Gbit/s) 5 10 20 20 40 40 40 6 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 2. Get started with your computer Access networks This section helps you connect to a wireless or wired network. Connect to Wi-Fi networks Click the network icon in the Windows notification area, and then select a network for connection. Provide required information, if needed. Connect to the wired Ethernet To connect your computer to a local network, you need a Lenovo USB-C to Ethernet Adapter. Lenovo USB-

C to Ethernet Adapter is available as an option and shipped with some computer models. You can purchase one from Lenovo at https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Connect to a cellular network (for selected models) To connect a 4G or 5G cellular data network, you must have a wireless wide area network (WWAN) card and a nano-SIM card installed. The nano-SIM card might come with your computer by countries or regions. If no nano-SIM card is shipped, you will need to purchase one from authorized service carriers. Copyright Lenovo 2022 7 Depending on model, your computer might have no WWAN card installed. For installation procedures of the WWAN card, see Wireless WAN card (for selected models) on page 52. Notes:

The 4G or 5G cellular service is provided by authorized mobile service carriers in some countries or regions. You must have a cellular plan from a service carrier to connect to the cellular network. The cellular data plan might vary by location. Network connection speeds might also vary by location, environment, network conditions and other factors. To establish a cellular connection:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Locate the nano-SIM card slot and insert the nano-SIM card as shown. Note the orientation of the card and ensure that it is seated correctly. 3. Turn on the computer. 4. Click the network icon, and then select the cellular network icon from the list. Provide required information, if needed. Turn on the Airplane mode When the Airplane mode is enabled, all wireless features are disabled. 1. Type Airplane mode in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Turn on the Airplane mode. Interact with your computer Your computer provides you various ways to navigate the screen. Use the keyboard shortcuts The special keys on the keyboard help you work more effectively. https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500145 8 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Invoke the special function printed as an icon on each key or standard function of F1F12 function keys.

FnLock indicator on: standard function FnLock indicator off: special function Enable / disable speakers Decrease volume Increase volume Enable / disable microphones Darken display Brighten display Manage external displays Enable / disable airplane mode Open / collapse notification center Answer incoming calls on Microsoft Teams Decline incoming calls on Microsoft Teams Customize the function of this key on the Vantage app Open Snipping Tool Toggle keyboard backlight (for selected models) Break operation Pause operation Scroll contents Send system request Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 9

Enter sleep mode To wake up the computer, press Fn or the power button. Go to beginning Go to end Use the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device enables you to perform all the functions of a traditional mouse, such as pointing, clicking, and scrolling. Use the TrackPoint pointing device TrackPoint pointing stick Use your finger to apply pressure to the pointing-stick nonslip cap in any direction parallel to the keyboard. The pointer on the screen moves accordingly. The higher the pressure applied, the faster the pointer moves. TrackPoint buttons The left-click button and right-click button correspond to the left and right buttons on a traditional mouse. Press and hold the dotted middle button while using your finger to applying pressure to the pointing stick in the vertical or horizontal direction. Then, you can scroll through the document, Web site, or apps. Disable the TrackPoint pointing device The TrackPoint pointing device is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Mouse. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to disable TrackPoint. 10 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Replace the pointing-stick nonslip cap Note: Ensure that the new cap has grooves a . Use the trackpad You can use the trackpad to perform all the pointing, clicking, and scrolling functions of a traditional mouse. Use the trackpad Left-click zone Right-click zone Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 11 Use the touch gestures Tap once to select or open an item. Tap twice quickly to display a shortcut menu. Two-finger zoom in or zoom out. Scroll through items. Open the task view to see all open windows. Show the desktop. Notes:

When using two or more fingers, ensure that you position your fingers slightly apart. Some gestures are not available if the last action was done from the TrackPoint pointing device. Some gestures are only available when you are using certain apps. If the trackpad surface is stained with oil, turn off the computer first. Then, gently wipe the trackpad surface with a soft and lint-free cloth moistened with lukewarm water or computer cleaner. For more gestures, see the help information of the pointing device. Disable the trackpad The trackpad is active by default. To disable the device:

1. Open the Start menu, and then click Settings Devices Touchpad. 2. In the Touchpad section, turn off the Touchpad control. Use the touch screen (for selected models) If your computer display supports the multi-touch function, you can navigate the screen with simple touch gestures. For more touch gestures, refer to https://support.microsoft.com/windows. Note: Some gestures might not be available when you are using certain apps. 12 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Tap once to single click Tap twice quickly to double-click Tap and hold to right-click Slide to scroll through items Zoom out Zoom in Swipe from the left: view all open windows (Windows 10) Swipe from the left: open widget panel (Windows 11) Swipe from the right: open notification center (Windows 11) Swipe from the right: open action center (Windows 10) Swipe downwards shortly: show title bar Swipe downwards: close the current app Drag Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 13 Maintenance tips:

Turn off the computer before cleaning the touch screen. Use a dry, soft, and lint-free cloth or a piece of absorbent cotton to remove fingerprints or dust from the touch screen. Do not apply solvents to the cloth. The touch screen is a glass panel covered with a plastic film. Do not apply pressure or place any metallic object on the screen, which might damage the touch panel or cause it to malfunction. Do not use fingernails, gloved fingers, or inanimate objects for input on the screen. Regularly calibrate the accuracy of the finger input to avoid a discrepancy. Connect to an external display Connect your computer to a projector or a monitor to give presentations or expand your workspace. Connect to a wired display If your computer cannot detect the external display, right-click a blank area on the desktop and select display settings. Then follow the on-screen instructions to detect the external display. Supported resolution The following table lists the supported maximum resolution of the external display. Connect the external display to Supported resolution USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) connector Up to 5K / 60 Hz HDMI connector Depending on the model:

up to 4K / 60 Hz up to 8K / 60 Hz Note: The refresh rate higher than 60 Hz can also be supported. If you set the refresh rate higher than 60 Hz, the maximum resolution might be limited. Connect to a wireless display To use a wireless display, ensure that both your computer and the external display support the Miracast feature. Press Windows logo key + K and then select a wireless display to connect with. 14 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Set the display mode Press or and then select a display mode of your preference. Change display settings 1. Right-click a blank area on the desktop and select display settings. 2. Select the display that you want to configure and change display settings of your preference. You can change the settings for both the computer display and the external display. For example, you can define which one is the main display and which one is the secondary display. You also can change the resolution and orientation. Lenovo Pen Pro (for selected models) The Lenovo Pen Pro (a rechargeable stylus pen) enables you to write and draw in a natural manner. To purchase the pen, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Note: The color of the pen might vary by country or region. Depending on the model, the pen might look slightly different from the illustrations in this topic. Pen overview Bottom barrel button Top barrel button USB-C connector LED indicator Top pen button Notes:

To erase text or drawings, hold the button to erase the object in supported apps. To right-click, hold the button and tap the screen in supported apps. Use the ac power adapter that comes with your foldable PC to charge the pen. When the LED indicator blinks in amber, the pen battery power is low. The LED indicator is in solid amber during charging and is solid green when the pen is fully charged. The pen is fully charged in about two hours. Hold the top pen button for at least three seconds to enable Bluetooth pairing on the pen. Chapter 2. Get started with your computer 15 The default function of each barrel button might vary in different apps. To customize the barrel button functions, use Lenovo Pen Settings. If Lenovo Pen Settings is not installed on your computer, download and install the latest WinTab driver from https://support.lenovo.com. Pair the pen 1. Enable Bluetooth pairing on the pen by pressing and holding the top of the pen for at least three seconds until the LED indicator blinks in green. 2. Enable Bluetooth pairing on your computer to detect and pair with the pen. See Set up a Bluetooth connection on page 23. The pen is detected as Lenovo Pen Pro. After pairing, press or double-press the top pen button to access more functions. To customize the top pen button functions, use Lenovo Pen Settings or open the Start menu and tap Settings Devices Pen &

Windows Ink Pen shortcuts. Store the pen The pen is shipped with a pen holder. To store the pen on the computer:

1. Insert the pen holder into USB 3.2 connector on the computer. 2. Insert the pen into the pen holder in any ways as shown. Maintenance tips The pen is not waterproof. Keep the pen away from water and excessive moisture. The pen contains pressure sensors. Apply an appropriate amount of pressure when writing on the screen. Do not subject the pen to shock or vibration. If possible, place your pen in a well-ventilated and dry area without direct exposure to sunshine. Do not use or store the pen in a place where excessive changes in temperature may occur. 16 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 3. Explore your computer Lenovo apps This section provides introduction to the Vantage and Lenovo Quick Clean apps. The Vantage app The preinstalled Vantage app is a customized one-stop solution to help you maintain your computer with automated updates and fixes, configure hardware settings, and get personalized support. To access the Vantage app, type Vantage in the Windows search box. Key features The Vantage app enables you to:

Know the device status easily and customize device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, firmware, and driver updates to keep your computer up-to-date. Monitor your computer health, and secure your computer against outside threats. Scan your computer hardware and diagnose hardware problems. Look up warranty status (online). Access User Guide and helpful articles. Notes:

The available features vary depending on the computer model. The Vantage app makes periodic updates of the features to keep improving your experience with your computer. The description of features might be different from that on your actual user interface. Lenovo Quick Clean Depending on the model, your computer might support the Lenovo Quick Clean feature. The preinstalled Lenovo Quick Clean enables you to temporarily disable the keyboard, screen, trackpad, and TrackPoint pointing device for cleaning. To access Lenovo Quick Clean, do one of the following:

Type Lenovo Quick Clean in the Windows search box. Press Fn and the right Shift key at the same time. To download the latest version of Lenovo Quick Clean, go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Smart features (for selected models) Your computer might be preinstalled with Glance by Mirametrix. Glance can capture your head movement through camera and makes your computer smarter and more efficient. Copyright Lenovo 2022 17 Access Glance by Mirametrix Type Glance in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Note: If Glance is uninstalled, you can request it through https://support.lenovo.com/contactus. Explore key features Depending on the model, some features might not be available on your computer. Protect privacy Presence Detection: Keep your computer awake when in use and automatically lock the computer when your head moves out of the camera range. Privacy Alert: When a shoulder surfer is detected, an alert icon appears on your computer screen. Privacy Guard: When a shoulder surfer is detected, your screen is blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. Smart Display: Blur screens you are not looking at. If you are not facing any screen, all screens are blurred. Press Alt+F2 to cancel the blur effect. 18 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Note: If your computer comes with an ePrivacy screen, it can work with Glance to achieve better privacy protection. For details, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/videos/vid500144. Improve productivity Snap Window: When you select a window on one screen and turn your face to another, the window automatically snaps to the top center of the screen you are facing. Smart Pointer: Relocate the pointer to the screen you are facing. When the pointer moves from one screen to another, it is temporarily drawn large. Note: Snap Window and Smart Pointer only work when your computer is connected to external displays. Ensure that external displays are placed at the same height of your computer. Promote digital wellness Posture check: Remind you to adjust your posture once you hunch toward the screen. 20/20/20 Alert: Remind you to look away from the screen and relax your eyes for 20 seconds every 20 minutes. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 19 Color calibration (for selected models) The factory color calibration feature is available on computer models preinstalled with the X-Rite Color Assistant program. This feature enables you to render color images or graphics on your display close to the original intent as much as possible. For computer with the factory color calibration feature, the color profiles are preinstalled. You can switch between color profiles as desired:

1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Then, right-click

. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to select a profile as desired. Lenovo provides backup color profiles in Lenovo Cloud. You might need to restore or install color profiles in the following situations:

If any color profile is lost or damaged, a window will be displayed to remind you to restore the color profiles. Click Yes in the window prompted, and the color profiles will be restored from Lenovo Cloud automatically. If your display has been replaced by a Lenovo-authorized service provider, do the following to install new color profiles:

1. Connect your computer to the network and close the X-Rite Color Assistant program. 2. Go to C:\Program files (x86)\X-Rite Color Assistant and locate the ProfileUpdaterForDisplayReplacement.exe file. 3. Double-click the EXE file. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to input the display serial number and click Submit. Note: When the new color profiles are installed successfully, a window will be displayed. If you install a new operating system, do the following to reinstall the color profiles:

1. Connect your computer to the network and open the preinstalled X-Rite Color Assistant app. Note: If the app is uninstalled, reinstall it by downloading the installation package from https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/us/en/downloads/DS543953 2. Go to Settings Restore profiles. The app will download and install its unique color profiles from Lenovo cloud automatically. 20 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Intelligent cooling The Intelligent Cooling feature helps you adjust power consumption, fan speed, computer temperature, and performance. For models with Windows 10 Intelligent Cooling feature is adjusted through Windows Power Slider. Do the following to select a preferred mode:

1. Click the battery status icon in the Windows notification area. 2. Move the slider to the left or right to select a preferred mode. Eco mode: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are lowered to get your computer cooler, quieter, and more eco-friendly, and to get the best battery life. Balanced mode: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are dynamically balanced for better experience. Performance mode: The performance is prioritized, allowing higher temperature and fan speed. Ultra-performance mode: the ultra performance is prioritized, allowing maximum temperature and higher fan speed. on ac power on battery power For models with Windows 11 Intelligent Cooling feature is adjusted through Windows Settings. 1. Right-click the battery icon in the task bar to access power and sleep settings. 2. Locate the Power section and choose one of the following power modes. Best Power efficiency: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are lowered to get your computer cooler, quieter, and more eco-friendly, and to get the best battery life. Balanced: power consumption, fan speed, and performance are dynamically balanced for better experience. Best Performance: the ultra performance is prioritized, allowing maximum temperature and higher fan speed. Notes:

In ultra-performance mode or performance mode, avoid keeping your hands, your lap, or any other part of your body in contact with a hot section of the computer for 10 seconds or above. If you reinstall a Windows operating system, the default intelligent cooling settings might change. It is recommended that you download and install the latest Intelligent Thermal Solution (ITS) driver from https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 21 Use the Cool and Quiet on lap feature The Cool and Quiet on lap feature helps cool down your computer when it becomes hot. Any extended contact with your body, even through clothing, could cause discomfort. If you prefer using your computer on the lap, it is recommended that you enable the Cool and Quiet on lap feature in UEFI BIOS:

1. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu. See Enter the UEFI BIOS menu on page 33. 2. Click Config and turn on the Cool and Quiet on lap mode switch. Manage power Use the information in this section to achieve the best balance between performance and power efficiency. Check the battery status Go to Settings System to check the battery status. For more details about your battery, refer to the Vantage app. Charge the computer Use ac power Power source of the ac power adapter:

Power: 135W, 170W, or 230W (depending on the model) Sine-wave input at 50 Hz to 60 Hz Input rating of the ac power adapter: 100 V to 240 V ac, 50 Hz to 60 Hz Output rating of the ac power adapter: 20 V dc, 6.75 A, 8.5 A, or 11.5 A When the battery power is low, charge your battery by connecting your computer to ac power with the supplied power adapter. The battery is 80% charged in about one hour when the computer is turned off. The actual charging time depends on the battery size, the physical environment, and whether you are using the computer. Note: Some models may not ship with ac adapter and power cord. Use only the certified adapters and power cords provided by Lenovo that comply with the requirements of relevant national standards to charge the product. It is recommended to use the Lenovo qualified adapters. You can refer to https://

www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. Notes: To maximize the life of the battery:

Use the battery until the charge is depleted and recharge the battery completely before using it. Once the battery is fully charged, it must discharge to 94% or lower before it will be allowed to recharge again. 22 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide The battery may optimize its full charge capacity based on your usage. After prolonged periods of limited use, full battery capacity may not be available until you discharge to as low as 20% and recharge completely. For more information, refer to the power section of the Vantage app. Note: The actual charging speed of your computer depends on many factors, such as the remaining battery power of the computers, the wattage of the ac power adapter, and whether you are using the computers. Change the power settings For ENERGY STAR compliant computers, the following power plan takes effect when your computer has been idle for a specified duration:

Turn off the display: After 10 minutes Put the computer to sleep: After 10 minutes To reset the power plan:

1. Right-click the battery status icon and select Power Options. 2. Choose or customize a power plan of your preference. To reset the power button function:

1. Right-click the battery status icon and select Power Options Change what the power buttons do. 2. Change the settings as you prefer. Transfer data Quickly share your files using the built-in Bluetooth or NFC technology among devices with the same features. You also can insert a microSD card or smart card to transfer data. Set up a Bluetooth connection You can connect all types of Bluetooth-enabled devices to your computer, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a smartphone, or speakers. To ensure successful connection, place the devices at most 10 meters (33 feet) from the computer. 1. Type Bluetooth in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Turn on Bluetooth, if it is off. 3. Select a Bluetooth device, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Set up an NFC connection (for selected models) If your computer supports NFC, you will see an NFC mark or label around the trackpad area. To turn on NFC:

1. Type Airplane mode in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Ensure that the Airplane mode is off and turn on the NFC function. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 23 By using NFC, you can simply tap and connect your computer and another NFC-enabled device over a few centimeters or inches. To pair with an NFC card or smartphone:

Note: Ensure that the NFC card is in NFC Data Exchange Format (NDEF), otherwise the card cannot be detected. Use an SD card You can insert an SD card to transfer data. Install or remove a card Push the card for installation and pull the card for removal. Note: Since only part of the card is getting inserted in the slot, remove the SD card out of the slot after data transfer in case the SD card get damaged by object hitting. Attention: Before removing the card:

1. Click the triangular icon in the Windows notification area to show hidden icons. Right-click the icon prompting you to safely remove hardware and eject media. 2. Select the corresponding item to eject the card from the Windows operating system. 3. Pull the card and remove it from your computer. Store the card safely for future use. Accessories This section provides instructions on how to use hardware accessories to expand your computer functionalities. 24 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Purchase accessories Lenovo has a number of hardware accessories and upgrades to help expand the functionalities of your computer. Options include memory modules, storage devices, network cards, port replicators or docking stations, batteries, power adapters, keyboards, mice, and more. To shop at Lenovo, go to https://www.lenovo.com/accessories. Chapter 3. Explore your computer 25 26 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information Lock the computer Lock your computer to a desk, table, or other fixtures through a compatible security cable lock. Note: The slot supports cable locks that conform to the Kensington NanoSaver lock standards using Cleat locking technology. You are responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing the locking device and security feature. Lenovo is not responsible for the locking device and security feature. You can purchase the cable locks at https://smartfind.lenovo.com. Log in with your fingerprint The fingerprint reader is integrated with the power button. After enrolling your fingerprint, you can power on and log in to the computer with a simple press on the power button, or unlock the screen with a single touch. It eliminates the need to enter complex passwords, saving your time and boosting your productivity. 1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the fingerprint setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to enroll your fingerprint. Note: It is recommended that you put your finger at the middle of the fingerprint reader during enrollment and enroll more than one fingerprint in case of any injuries to your fingers. After the enrollment, the fingerprints are associated with the Windows password automatically. 3. Log in with your fingerprint. When the fingerprint reader indicator is solid green, tap your finger on the fingerprint reader for authentication. Associate your fingerprints with UEFI BIOS passwords You can associate your fingerprints with your power-on password and hard disk password. See Associate your fingerprints with passwords (for selected models) on page 30. Copyright Lenovo 2022 27 Maintenance tips:

Do not scratch the surface of the reader with anything hard. Do not use or touch the reader with a wet, dirty, wrinkled, or injured finger. Log in with your face ID (for selected models) For models come with a webcam privacy shutter, slide the webcam privacy shutter to uncover the camera lens before using the Windows Hello face recognition. Create your face ID and unlock your computer by scanning your face:

1. Type Sign-in options in the Windows search box and then press Enter. 2. Select the face ID setting and then follow the on-screen instruction to create your face ID. Protect data against power loss (for selected models) NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) M.2 solid-state drive features the Lenovo-unique PLP (Power Loss Protection) function to avoid data loss or damage. If your computer is not responding and you might have to shut down your computer by pressing and holding the power button for several seconds. In this case, the PLP function enables your computer data to be saved timely. However, there is no guarantee that all data is saved in any situation. To check the type of your M.2 solid-state drive:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F10 to enter the Lenovo diagnostics window. 2. On the TOOLS tab, select SYSTEM INFORMATION STORAGE using the arrow keys. 3. Locate the Device Type section to check the information UEFI BIOS passwords You can set passwords in UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) to strengthen the security of your computer. Password types You can set a power-on password, supervisor password, system management password, or NVMe password in UEFI BIOS to prevent unauthorized access to your computer. However, you are not prompted to enter any UEFI BIOS password when your computer resumes from sleep mode. Power-on password If you set a power-on password, a window is displayed on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. Supervisor password The supervisor password protects the system information stored in UEFI BIOS. When entering the UEFI BIOS menu, enter the correct supervisor password in the window prompted. You also can press Enter to skip the password prompt. However, you cannot change most of the system configuration options in UEFI BIOS. If you have set both the supervisor password and power-on password, you can use the supervisor password to access your computer when you turn it on. The supervisor password overrides the power-on password. 28 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide System management password The system management password can also protect the system information stored in UEFI BIOS like a supervisor password, but it has lower authority by default. The system management password can be set through the UEFI BIOS menu or through Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) with the Lenovo client-management interface. You can enable the system management password to have the same authority as the supervisor password to control security-related features. To customize the authority of the system management password through the UEFI BIOS menu:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password System Management Password Access Control. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you have set both the supervisor password and the system management password, the supervisor password overrides the system management password. If you have set both the system management password and the power-on password, the system management password overrides the power-on password. NVMe passwords The NVMe password prevents unauthorized access to the data on the storage drive. When an NVMe password is set, you are prompted to type a correct password each time you try to access the storage drive. Single Password When a Single NVMe password is set, the user must enter the user NVMe password to access files and applications on the storage drive. Dual Password (User + Admin) The admin NVMe password is set and used by a system administrator. It enables the administrator to access any storage drive in a system or any computer connected in the same network. The administrator can also assign a user NVMe password for each computer in the network. The user of the computer can change the user NVMe password as desired, but only the administrator can remove the user NVMe password. When prompted to enter an NVMe password, press F1 to switch between the admin NVMe password and user NVMe password. Notes: The NVMe password is not available in the following situations:

A Trusted Computing Group (TCG) Opal-compliant storage drive and a TCG Opal management software program are installed in the computer, and the TCG Opal management software program is activated. An eDrive storage drive is installed in the computer preinstalled with the Windows operating system. Set, change, and remove a password Before you start, print these instructions. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Password by using the arrow keys. 3. Select the password type. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to set, change, or remove a password. You should record all your passwords and store them in a safe place. If you forget any of your passwords, any potential repair actions required are not covered under warranty. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 29 What to do if you forget your power-on password If you forget your power-on password, do the following to remove the power-on password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password Power-On Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the power-on password removed. What to do if you forget your NVMe password If you forget your NVMe password (Single password) or both user and admin NVMe passwords (Dual password), Lenovo cannot reset your passwords or recover data from the storage drive. You can contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the storage drive replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. If the storage drive is a CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), you can also contact Lenovo to purchase a new storage drive to replace the old one by yourself. To check whether the storage drive is a CRU and the relevant replacement procedure, see Chapter 7 CRU replacement on page 43. What to do if you forget your supervisor password If you forget your supervisor password, there is no service procedure to remove the password. You have to contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system board replaced. A fee will be charged for parts and service. What to do if you forget your system management password If you forget your system management password, do the following to remove the system management password:

If you have set a supervisor password and remember it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1. 2. Type the supervisor password to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Security Password System Management Password by using the arrow keys. 4. Type the current supervisor password in the Enter Current Password field. Then, leave the Enter New Password field blank, and press Enter twice. 5. In the Changes have been saved window, press Enter. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit the UEFI BIOS menu. If you have not set a supervisor password, contact a Lenovo authorized service provider to have the system management password removed. Associate your fingerprints with passwords (for selected models) Do the following to associate your fingerprints with the power-on password and hard disk password:

1. Turn off and then turn on the computer. 2. When prompted, scan your finger on the fingerprint reader. 3. Enter your power-on password, hard disk password, or both as required. The association is established. 30 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide When you start the computer again, you can use your fingerprints to log in to the computer without entering your Windows password, power-on password, or hard disk password. To change settings, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu, and then select Security Fingerprint. Attention: If you always use your fingerprint to log in to the computer, you might forget your passwords. Write down your passwords, and keep them in a safe place. Certificate based BIOS management Certificate-based BIOS authentication (also called the password-less management mode) provides more secure UEFI BIOS management with password-free solution. It is used to replace the supervisor password /

system management password for authentication if you have set one. Note: Supervisor password / system management password are disabled automatically when certificate mode is enabled. But the power-on password / hard disk password still can be used normally in certificate mode if you have set one. For certificate enrollment, see Certificate Enrollment Guide at: https://support.lenovo.com/docs/certificate_ enrollment_guide Enter the BIOS menu with certificate Once you have enrolled the certificate, you can enter the BIOS menu with the certificate. 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 or Fn+F1 to enter the BIOS menu. 2. The request data is displayed. Click Save to File to save the request data in a USB key and send the request data to IT admin by e-mail or phone. 3. Enter the unlock code provided by IT admin and click OK. Notes:

The unlock encode is a one-time password and is valid only during logon prompt (in one power-on cycle) for up to two hours. If you click Skip, you can enter the BIOS setup menu without BIOS management authority. But certificate reset is allowed. Reset certificate The enrolled certificate cannot be disabled. You can reset or remove it:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 or Fn+F1. 2. Enter the BIOS menu with the certificate or skip the certification authentication process. 3. Select Security Reset Certificate. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to enter the reset code provided by IT admin. Chapter 4. Secure your computer and information 31 32 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings UEFI BIOS UEFI BIOS is the first program that the computer runs. When the computer turns on, UEFI BIOS performs a self test to make sure that various devices in the computer are functioning. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface You can navigate in the UEFI BIOS interface by pressing the following keys:

F1: General Help F9: Setup Defaults F10: Save and Exit F5 / F6: Change boot priority order or PgUp / PgDn: Select / Scroll page

: Move keyboard focus Esc: Back / Close dialog Enter: Select / Open submenu Set the system date and time 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Date/Time and set the system date and time as desired. 3. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Change the startup sequence 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Startup Boot. Then, press Enter. The default device order list is displayed. Note: No bootable device is displayed if the computer cannot start from any devices or the operating system cannot be found. 3. Set the startup sequence as desired. 4. Press F10 to save the changes and exit. To change the startup sequence temporarily:

1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F12. 2. Select the device that you want the computer to start from and press Enter. View UEFI BIOS Event log 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1. 2. Select Main BIOS Event log. Then, press Enter. The BIOS Event log interface is displayed. Copyright Lenovo 2022 33 3. Navigate the interface by pressing the following keys, and then see details by selecting each item.

: Move keyboard focus PgUp / PgDn: Scroll page Enter: Select F3: Exit The following BIOS event logs might be listed on your screen depending on the UEFI BIOS activities. Each log consists of date, time, and a description of the event. Power On event: this log shows Power On Self Test (POST) routine has started with power-on process. It includes power on reason, boot mode and shutdown reason. Subcomponent Code Measurement event: this log shows subcomponent code measurement has worked. It includes validation result of each component. System Preboot Authentication event: this log shows what credential was provided to gain preboot authentication. It includes installed password, password type, input device and authentication result. BIOS Password Change event: this log shows changes of the UEFI BIOS passwords. It includes password type, event type and result. Subcomponent Self-healing event: this log shows information about the subcomponent where the recovery event occurred. It includes event cause, recovered firmware version and result. BIOS Setup Configuration Change event: this log shows changes of UEFI BIOS Setup configuration. It includes item name and value. Device Change event: this log shows changes of devices. It includes event cause and event type. System Boot event: this log shows which boot device was utilized to boot the system. It includes boot option, description and file path list. System Tamper event: this log shows occurrence of system tamper events. It includes event cause and event type. Runtime Intrusion Detection of SPI Flash event: this log shows system has detected unauthorized/

suspicious access to SPI Flash. It includes event cause and region. On-Demand Measurement event: this log shows On- Demand measurement has worked. It includes validation result of each component. POST Error event: this log shows occurrence of errors during POST routine. It includes the error code. Flash Update event: this log shows occurrence of flash update. It includes event cause, updated firmware version and result. Set On-Premise event: this logs shows changes of on-premise boot setting. It includes on-premise setting value and change method. Capsule Update event: this log shows occurrence of UEFI capsule firmware update. It includes event cause, updated firmware version and result. Log Cleared event: this log shows clearing BIOS event log has executed. It includes event cause and result. Shutdown / Reboot event: this log shows UEFI BIOS is successfully shut down or the system is rebooted. It includes event cause and event type. Detect memory retraining Memory retraining is a process to initialize the memory module and run diagnostic tests for the memory module in your computer. The memory retraining might occur during POST if any of the following situations is detected:

Memory module replacement 34 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Total Memory Encryption setting change in UEFI BIOS UEFI BIOS update (Memory Reference Code [MRC] change) When memory retraining occurs, the screen cannot display the progress information and might be blank. You might see the LED indicators on ESC, F1, and F4 blinking sequentially to indicate the progress. Do not press the power button to interrupt the process. Wait a few minutes until the logo screen is displayed. Reset system to factory defaults This feature allows you to initialize the UEFI BIOS to the factory default state, including all UEFI BIOS settings and internal data. It helps you wipe user data in case that you want to dispose of or reuse your computer. Note: If you permanently disable Intel AMT control and Absolute Persistence(R) Module in UEFI BIOS, you can not reset even if you reset the system to factory default. How to reset system to factory default 1. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Security Reset System to Factory Defaults and press Enter. 3. A series of warning windows might pop up. Your might be required to do the following before resetting the system to factory default. a. Reset the Certificate-based BIOS Authentication. Refer to Certificate based BIOS management on page 31. b. Deactivate the Absolute Persistence Module. c. Remove the NVMe password if your have set one. 4. For computer model with RAID settings, a window pops up to remind you of data damage. 5. If you select Yes, a window pops up to confirm your current operation. 6. If you select Yes, a windows pops up. Enter your supervisor password, system management password or power-on password. 7. Then, your computer will restart immediately. It take several minutes to complete the initialization. Note: This initialization process may require the screen to be blank. This is normal and you should not interrupt the process. Update UEFI BIOS When you install a new program, device driver, or hardware component, you might need to update UEFI BIOS. Download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. If the latest UEFI BIOS update package is available, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the package. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the latest UEFI BIOS update package. Note: During the UEFI BIOS update process, Memory Reference Code (MRC) change might cause memory retraining. For details, see Detect memory retraining on page 34. To know more about UEFI BIOS, visit Knowledge Base of your computer at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings 35 FIDO (Fast ID) Online authentication You computer support FIDO (Fast ID) Online authentication which works as an alternative of password-

based authentication to help you achieve passwordless authentication. This new BIOS feature only works when power-on password is set in UEFI BIOS and FIDO2 USB device is registered in ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Device Manager. With this feature, you can input power-on password or use the registered USB FIDO2 device to power on your computer. Register your FIDO2 USB device in ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Device Manager 1. Turn on the computer. 2. Press F12 during power on process. 3. If you set a power-on password, a window pops up on the screen when you turn on the computer. Enter the correct password to use the computer. 4. Select App Menu ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Device Manager and press Enter. 5. Insert FIDO2 device to register the FIDO2 device by following steps:

a. Select the available FIDO2 device that you want to register in the Discovered Devices area. b. The first window pops up to confirm the device your selected. Click Yes. c. If you set a power-on password, a window pops up. Enter the correct password. d. The User operation request window pops up. You are required to press a button on the connected FIDO2 device, and then follow the on-screen instruction to close the window. e. Press ESC to exit and restart your computer. Notes:

If you want to unregister your devices, click available FIDO2 device that you want to unregister in My Device area and enter the correct power-on password for verification. If you use more than one FIDO2 devices with common identifier for registration, only one device could be available. Log in to the System with Passwordless Power-On Authentication 1. Restart the computer. 2. ThinkShield Passwordless Power-On Authentication window appears. 3. Insert your registered FIDO2 device for detection. 4. Then follow the on-screen instruction to press the button on your FIDO2 device for verification. 5. After your device is verified, the power-on process continues. Note: You should insert the FIDO2 device or enter power-on password within 60 seconds. Otherwise, your computer will shut down automatically. Install a Windows operating system and drivers This section provides instructions on installing a Windows operating system and device drivers. Install a Windows operating system Microsoft constantly makes updates to the Windows operating system. Before installing a particular Windows version, check the compatibility list for the Windows version. For details, go to https://

support.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/windows-support. Attention:

36 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide It is recommended that you update your operating system through official channels. Any unofficial update might cause security risks. The process of installing a new operating system deletes all the data on your internal storage drive, including the data stored in a hidden folder. 1. If you are using the Windows BitLocker Drive Encryption feature and your computer has a Trusted Platform Module, ensure that you have disabled the feature. 2. Ensure that the security chip is set to Active. a. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. b. Select Security Security Chip and press Enter. The Security Chip submenu opens. c. Ensure that the security chip for TPM 2.0 is set to Active. d. Press F10 to save the settings and exit. 3. Connect the drive that contains the operating system installation program to the computer. 4. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 5. Select Startup Boot to display the Boot Priority Order submenu. 6. Select the drive that contains the operating system installation program, for example, USB HDD. Then, press Esc. Attention: After you change the startup sequence, ensure that you select the correct device during a copy, a save, or a format operation. If you select the wrong device, the data on that device might be erased or overwritten. 7. Select Restart and ensure that OS Optimized Defaults is enabled. Then, press F10 to save the settings and exit. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the device drivers and necessary programs. 9. After installing the device drivers, apply Windows Update to get the latest updates, for example the security patches. Install device drivers You should download the latest driver for a component when you notice poor performance from that component or when you added a component. This action might eliminate the driver as the potential cause of a problem. Download and install the latest driver by one of the following methods:

Open the Vantage app to check the available update packages. Select the update packages you want, and then follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the packages. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and select the entry for your computer. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install necessary drivers and software. Chapter 5. Configure advanced settings 37 38 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 6. RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) is a technology that provides increased storage functions and reliability through redundancy. It also can improve data storage reliability and fault tolerance compared with single-drive storage systems. Data loss resulting from a drive failure can be prevented by reconstructing missing data from the remaining drives. When a group of independent physical storage drives is set up to use RAID technology, they are in a RAID array. This array distributes data across multiple storage drives, but the array appears to the host computer as one single storage unit. Creating and using RAID arrays provides high performance, such as the expedited I/O performance, because several drives can be accessed simultaneously. Storage drive requirements for RAID levels Your computer supports the M.2 NVMe (PCIe) solid-state drive Note: Ensure that your computer has two identical storage drives installed (two hard disk drives, or M.2 NVMe solid-state drives with the same capacity) for supported RAID levels. If only one drive is installed, or two different types of drives are installed, the following information does not apply. Your computer supports the following RAID levels:

RAID 0: striped disk array (missing data resulting from a drive failure cannot be reconstructed) Consist of two identical storage drives Supported strip size: 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB, 64 KB, or 128 KB Better performance without fault tolerance Higher risk of data loss resulting from a member drive failure compared with non-RAID configuration RAID 1: mirrored disk array Consist of two identical storage drives Improved reading performance and 100% redundancy Enter the Intel RST configuration utility 1. Ensure that RAID is enabled in the UEFI BIOS menu:

a. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. b. Select Config Storage VMD controller On. c. Press F10 to save changes and exit. 2. Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 3. Select Config Storage Intel (R) Rapid Storage Technology and then press Enter. The Intel (R) Rapid Storage Technology window opens and the following options are displayed:

Create RAID Volume: Create a RAID volume. If no internal storage drives can be used, this option is not available. RAID Volumes: Confirm the information of the created RAID volumes. Non-RAID Physical Disks: Confirm the information of all non-RAID drives. 4. Press the up and down arrow keys to select an option. Press Enter to enter the menu for the selected option. Press Esc to exit the Intel RST configuration utility. Copyright Lenovo 2022 39 Create RAID volumes Attention: All the existing data stored on the selected drives will be erased while the RAID volume is being created. 1. Enter the Intel RST configuration utility. 2. Select Create RAID Volume, and then press Enter to open the CREATE RAID VOLUME window. 3. Select and configure the options one by one. a. Name: Use the default name or type a preferred name for the RAID volume. b. RAID Level: Press Enter to change the RAID between RAID 0 (Stripe) and RAID 1 (Mirror). c. Select Disks: Select a drive and press Spacebar or Enter to add it into a group. The drive that cannot be used to create a RAID volume is not selectable. An X mark is displayed next to the selected drive. d. Strip Size: Select a strip size and press Enter to complete the configuration. This option is only available for RAID 0. e. Capacity: Customize the capacity of the RAID volume. The default RAID volume is the largest value. f. Create Volume: Press Enter to finish configurations of the preceding options and create a volume. Note: The Create Volume option might not be selectable for some reasons, for example, if different types of drives are selected, the option is not selectable. If it is not selectable, see the message displayed under Create Volume for reference. After the RAID volume is created, the Intel (R) Rapid Storage Technology window is displayed, and the created volume is displayed under RAID Volumes. 4. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Delete RAID volumes Attention: All the existing data stored on the selected drives will be erased after you delete RAID volumes. 1. Enter the Intel RST configuration utility. 2. Select the volume that you want to delete under RAID Volumes. Press Enter to open the RAID VOLUME INFO window. 3. Select Delete and press Enter to delete it from the RAID Volumes list. 4. When prompted, select Yes to confirm the deletion of the selected RAID volume. After you delete the RAID volume, the Intel (R) Rapid Storage Technology window is displayed. Member drives of the deleted volume are displayed under Non-RAID Physical Disks. 5. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Reset storage drives to non-RAID Attention: All the existing data stored on the selected drive will be erased after you reset it to non-RAID. 1. Enter the Intel RST configuration utility. 2. Select the volume that you want to reset under RAID Volumes. Press Enter to open the RAID VOLUME INFO window. 3. Select the drive that you want to reset under RAID Member Disks. Press Enter to open the PHYSICAL DISK INFO window. 4. Select Reset to Non-RAID and press Enter. When prompted, select Yes to confirm the reset action. 40 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide After the reset process finishes, the Intel (R) Rapid Storage Technology window is displayed. The reset drive is listed under Non-RAID Physical Disks, and the volume of the reset drive is still listed under RAID Volumes. However, the status is changed from Normal to Failed or Degraded. 5. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Rebuild RAID 1 volumes If the status of a RAID 1 volume is Failed or Degraded, you can rebuild it through the Intel RST configuration utility. To rebuild a RAID 1 volume, ensure that at least one member drive of the RAID 1 volume works correctly. Replace the failed storage drive with a new one that has the same capacity before you rebuild a RAID 1 volume. 1. Enter the Intel RST configuration utility. 2. Select the volume that you want to rebuild under RAID Volumes. Press Enter to open the RAID VOLUME INFO window. 3. Select Rebuild and press Enter to open the Rebuild Volume window. 4. Select the drive that you want to rebuild and press Enter to initiate the rebuild process. After you initiate the rebuild process, the Intel (R) Rapid Storage Technology window is displayed. The RAID 1 volume under rebuilding is displayed under RAID Volumes with a Rebuilding mark. 5. Wait a few minutes. When the rebuild process finishes successfully, the Rebuilding mark is changed to the Normal mark. 6. Press F10 to save changes and exit. Chapter 6. RAID 41 42 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 7. CRU replacement Customer Replaceable Units (CRUs) are parts that can be upgraded or replaced by the customer. The computers contain the following types of CRUs:

Self-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be installed or replaced easily by customer themselves or by trained service technicians at an additional cost. Optional-service CRUs: Refer to parts that can be installed or replaced by customers with a greater skill level. Trained service technicians can also provide service to install or replace the parts under the type of warranty designated for the customers machine. If you intend on installing a CRU, Lenovo will ship the CRU to you. CRU information and replacement instructions are shipped with your product and are available from Lenovo at any time upon request. You might be required to return the defective part that is replaced by the CRU. When return is required: (1) return instructions, a prepaid shipping label, and a container will be included with the replacement CRU; and (2) you might be charged for the replacement CRU if Lenovo does not receive the defective CRU within thirty (30) days of your receipt of the replacement CRU. For full details, see the Lenovo Limited Warranty documentation at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. CRU list The following is a list of CRUs of your computer. Self-service CRUs ac power adapter*

Memory module Nano-SIM-card tray*

Power cord*

Optional-service CRUs Coin-cell battery M.2 solid state drive (Gen 4 or Gen 3) M.2 solid state drive bracket (Gen 4 only)*

Speaker assembly Wireless WAN card*

* for selected models Note: Replacement of any parts not listed above, including the built-in rechargeable battery, must be done by a Lenovo-authorized repair facility or technician. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/partnerlocation for more information. Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery Before replacing any CRU, ensure that you disable Fast Startup first and then disable the built-in battery. To disable Fast Startup:

1. Go to Control Panel and view by Large icons or Small icons. Copyright Lenovo 2022 43 2. Click Power Options, and then click Choose what the power buttons do on the left pane. 3. Click Change settings that are currently unavailable at the top. 4. If prompted by User Account Control (UAC), click Yes. 5. Clear the Turn on fast startup check box, and then click Save changes. To disable the built-in battery:

1. Restart your computer. When the logo screen is displayed, immediately press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. 2. Select Config Power. The Power submenu is displayed. 3. Select Disable Built-in Battery and press Enter. 4. Select Yes in the Setup Confirmation window. The built-in battery is disabled and the computer turns off automatically. Wait three to five minutes to let the computer cool. Replace a CRU Follow the replacement procedure to replace a CRU. Memory module Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention: Do not touch the contact edge of the memory module. Otherwise, the memory module might get damaged. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 44 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Removal procedure Note: A Mylar film might cover the memory modules. To access the memory modules, peel off the film first. Installation procedure If you only install one memory module, install it in memory slot a . Chapter 7. CRU replacement 45 Note: Memory module replacement might cause memory retraining. For details, see Detect memory retraining on page 34. M.2 solid-state drive and M.2 solid-state drive bracket Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention:

If you replace a M.2 solid-state drive, you might need to install a new operating system. For details on how to install a new operating system, see Install a Windows operating system and drivers on page 36. If your computer is installed with the color profiles, you need to reinstall the color profiles after installing a new operating system, see Use the factory color calibration feature (for selected models) on page 20. The M.2 solid-state drive is sensitive. Inappropriate handling might cause damage and permanent loss of data. When handling the M.2 solid-state drive, observe the following guidelines:

46 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Replace the M.2 solid-state drive only for upgrade or repair. The M.2 solid-state drive is not designed for frequent changes or replacement. Before replacing the M.2 solid-state drive, make a backup copy of all the data that you want to keep. Do not apply pressure to the M.2 solid-state drive. Do not touch the contact edge or circuit board of the M.2 solid-state drive. Otherwise, the M.2 solid-state drive might get damaged. Do not make the M.2 solid-state drive subject to physical shocks or vibration. Put the M.2 solid-state drive on a soft material, such as cloth, to absorb physical shocks. Depending on model, your computer might have two M.2-solid-state-drive slots. When you configure the M.2-solid-state-drive slot in the UEFI BIOS menu, ensure that you select the correct menu item. Slot a : NVMe0 Slot b : NVMe1 For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. Note: Depending on model, your M.2 solid-state drive might be Gen 3 or Gen 4. You can find the corresponding slot for solid-state drive Gen 3 or Gen 4 by the numbers marked on the system board. Chapter 7. CRU replacement 47 Removal procedure for M.2 solid-state drive Gen 4 48 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Removal procedure for M.2 solid-state drive Gen 3 Before installing : If you replace the old thermal pad, ensure you install a new thermal pad in following steps:

1. Attach the thermal pad with protection film in the pad area as shown 1 . 2. Peel off the protection film before installing the new solid-state drive . Speaker assembly Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. For access, do the following:

Chapter 7. CRU replacement 49 1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. Removal procedure 50 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Coin-cell battery Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. Note: Depending on model, a mylar might cover the coin-cell battery. To access the coin-cell battery, peel off the mylar first. Chapter 7. CRU replacement 51 Wireless WAN card (for selected models) The following information is only for the computer with user-installable modules. Ensure that you use only a Lenovo-authorized wireless module specifically tested for this computer model. Otherwise, the computer will generate an error-code beep sequence when you turn on the computer. Prerequisite Before you start, read Generic Safety and Compliance Notices and print the following instructions. Attention: Do not touch the contact edge of the wireless WAN card. Otherwise, the wireless WAN card might get damaged. For access, do the following:

1. Disable the built-in battery. See Disable Fast Startup and the built-in battery on page 43. 2. Turn off the computer and disconnect the computer from ac power and all connected cables. 3. Close the computer display and turn the computer over. 52 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Removal procedure When installing: Ensure you plug the blue cable into connector 3 , black cable into connector 2 , white cable into connector 1 and orange cable into connector 0 marked on the wireless WAN card. Chapter 7. CRU replacement 53 54 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Chapter 8. Help and support Frequently asked questions How do I access Control Panel?

Type Control Panel in the Windows search box and then press Enter. How do I turn off my computer?

Open the Start menu and click Power. Then, click Shut down. How do I partition my storage drive?

https://support.lenovo.com/solutions/ht503851 What do I do if my computer stops responding?

What do I do if I spill liquid on the computer?

1. Press and hold the power button until the computer turns off. Then, restart the computer. 2. If step 1 does not work:

For models with an emergency reset hole: Insert a straightened paper clip into the emergency reset hole to cut off power supply temporarily. Then, restart the computer with ac power connected. For models without an emergency reset hole:

For models with the removable battery, remove the removable battery and disconnect all power sources. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. For models with the built-in battery, disconnect all power sources. Press and hold the power button for about seven seconds. Then, reconnect to ac power and restart the computer. 1. Carefully unplug the ac power adapter and turn off the computer immediately. The more quickly you stop the current from passing through the computer the more likely you will reduce damage from short circuits. Attention: Although you might lose some data or work by turning off the computer immediately, leaving the computer on might make your computer unusable. 2. Do not try to drain out the liquid by turning over the computer. If your computer has keyboard drainage holes on the bottom, the liquid will be drained out through the holes. 3. Wait until you are certain that all the liquid is dry before turning on your computer. How do I enter the UEFI BIOS menu?

Restart the computer. When the logo screen is displayed, press F1 to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. Where can I get the latest device drivers and UEFI BIOS?

From the Vantage app. See Install a Windows operating system and drivers on page 36 and Update UEFI BIOS on page 35. Download from Lenovo Support Web site at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Copyright Lenovo 2022 55 Error messages If you see a message that is not included in the following table, record the error message first, then shut down the computer and call Lenovo for help. See Lenovo Customer Support Center on page 60. Message Solution 0190: Critical low-battery error The computer turned off because the battery power is low. Connect the ac power adapter to the computer and charge the batteries. 0191: System Security - Invalid remote change requested The system configuration change has failed. Confirm the operation and try again. 0199: System Security - Security password retry count exceeded. This message is displayed when you enter a wrong supervisor password more than three times. Confirm the supervisor password and try again. 0271: Check Date and Time settings. The date or the time is not set in the computer. Enter the UEFI BIOS menu and set the date and time. 210x/211x: Detection/Read error on HDDx/SSDx The storage drive is not working. Reinstall the storage drive. If the problem still exists, replace the storage drive. Note:

This error indicates that the operating system or programs cannot create, modify, or delete data in the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage due to insufficient storage space after POST. The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is used by the UEFI BIOS and by the operating system or programs. This error occurs when the operating system or programs store large amounts of data in the variable storage. All data needed for POST, such as UEFI BIOS setup settings, chipset, or platform configuration data, are stored in a separate UEFI variable storage. Press F1 after the error message is displayed to enter the UEFI BIOS menu. A dialog asks for confirmation to clean up the storage. If you select Yes, all data that were created by the operating system or programs will be deleted except global variables defined by the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification. If you select No, all data will be kept, but the operating system or programs will not be able to create, modify, or delete data in the storage. If this error happens at a service center, Lenovo authorized service personnel will clean up the non-volatile system UEFI variable storage using the preceding solution. The thermal fan might not work correctly. After the error message is displayed, press ESC within five seconds to start up the computer with limited performance. Otherwise, the computer will shut down immediately. If the problem still exists when you starts up next time, have your computer serviced. Error: The non-volatile system UEFI variable storage is nearly full. Fan error. Press ESC to startup with limited performance. 56 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Beep errors Lenovo SmartBeep technology enables you to decode beep errors with your smartphone when a black screen occurs with beeps from your computer. To decode the beep error with Lenovo SmartBeep technology:

1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/smartbeep or scan the following QR Code. 2. Download the proper diagnostic app and install it on your smartphone. 3. Run the diagnostic app and place the smartphone near the computer. 4. Press Fn on your computer to emit the beep again. The diagnostic app decodes the beep error and shows possible solutions on the smartphone. Note: Do not attempt to service a product yourself unless instructed to do so by the Customer Support Center or product documentation. Only use a Lenovo-authorized service provider to repair your product. Chapter 8. Help and support 57 Self-help resources Use the following self-help resources to learn more about the computer and troubleshoot problems. Resources How to access?

Troubleshooting and FAQ https://www.lenovo.com/tips https://forums.lenovo.com Accessibility information https://www.lenovo.com/accessibility Use Lenovo recovery options. 1. Go to https://support.lenovo.com/

HowToCreateLenovoRecovery. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Use Windows recovery options. 1. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. 2. Detect your computer or manually select your computer model. 3. Click Diagnostics Operating System Diagnostics and then follow the on-screen instructions. Type Vantage in the Windows search box and then press Enter. Go to https://pcsupport.lenovo.com. Then, follow the on-

screen instructions to filter out the documentation you want. Reset or restore Windows Use the Vantage app to:

Configure device settings. Download and install UEFI BIOS, drivers, and firmware updates. Secure your computer from outside threats. Diagnose hardware problems. Check the computer warranty status. Access User Guide and helpful articles. Note: The available features vary depending on the computer model. Product documentation:

Safety and Warranty Guide Generic Safety and Compliance Notices Setup Guide This User Guide Regulatory Notice 58 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Resources How to access?

Lenovo Support Web site with the latest support information of the following:

Drivers and software Diagnostic solutions Product and service warranty Product and parts details Knowledge base and frequently asked questions https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Windows help information Windows label Open the Start menu and click Get Help or Tips. Use Windows Search or the Cortana personal assistant. Microsoft support Web site: https://

support.microsoft.com Your computer might have a Windows Genuine Microsoft label affixed to its cover depending on the following factors:

Your geographic location Edition of Windows that is preinstalled Go to https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/howtotell/Hardware.aspx for illustrations of the various types of Genuine Microsoft labels. In the Peoples Republic of China, the Genuine Microsoft label is required on all computer models preinstalled with any edition of the Windows operating system. In other countries and regions, the Genuine Microsoft label is required only on computer models licensed for Windows Pro editions. The absence of a Genuine Microsoft label does not indicate that the preinstalled Windows version is not genuine. For details on how to tell whether your preinstalled Windows product is genuine, refer to the information provided by Microsoft at https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/howtotell/default.aspx. There are no external, visual indicators of the Product ID or Windows version for which the computer is licensed. Instead, the Product ID is recorded in the computer firmware. Whenever a Windows product is installed, the installation program checks the computer firmware for a valid, matching Product ID to complete the activation. In some cases, an earlier Windows version might be preinstalled under the terms of the Windows Pro edition license downgrade rights. Call Lenovo If you have tried to correct the problem yourself and still need help, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center. Before you contact Lenovo Prepare the following before you contact Lenovo:

1. Record the problem symptoms and details:

Chapter 8. Help and support 59 What is the problem? Is it continuous or intermittent?

Any error message or error code?

What operating system are you using? Which version?

Which software applications were running at the time of the problem?

Can the problem be reproduced? If so, how?

2. Record the system information:

Product name Machine type and serial number The following illustration shows where to find the machine type and serial number of your computer. Lenovo Customer Support Center During the warranty period, you can call Lenovo Customer Support Center for help. Telephone numbers For a list of the Lenovo Support phone numbers for your country or region, go to https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/supportphonelist for the latest phone numbers. Note: Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. If the number for your country or region is not provided, contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative. Services available during the warranty period Problem determination - Trained personnel are available to assist you with determining if you have a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the problem. Lenovo hardware repair - If the problem is determined to be caused by Lenovo hardware under warranty, trained service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service. Engineering change management - Occasionally, there might be changes that are required after a product has been sold. Lenovo or your reseller, if authorized by Lenovo, will make selected Engineering Changes

(ECs) that apply to your hardware available. 60 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Services not covered Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for or by Lenovo or nonwarranted parts Identification of software problem sources Configuration of UEFI BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade Changes, modifications, or upgrades to device drivers Installation and maintenance of network operating systems (NOS) Installation and maintenance of programs For the terms and conditions of the Lenovo Limited Warranty that apply to your Lenovo hardware product, go to:

https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02 https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantylookup Purchase additional services During and after the warranty period, you can purchase additional services from Lenovo at https://

pcsupport.lenovo.com/warrantyupgrade. Service availability and service name might vary by country or region. Chapter 8. Help and support 61 62 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Appendix A. Compliance information For compliance information, refer to Regulatory Notice at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com and Generic Safety and Compliance Notices at https://pcsupport.lenovo.com/docs/generic_notices. Certification-related information Product name Compliance ID Machine type(s) ThinkPad P1 Gen 5 ThinkPad P1 Gen 5 LTE1 ThinkPad P1 Gen 5 5G1 ThinkPad X1 Extreme Gen 5 ThinkPad X1 Extreme Gen 5 LTE1 ThinkPad X1 Extreme Gen 5 5G1 TP00132B TP00132B02 TP00132B12 TP00132B22 TP00132B32 TP00132B42 TP00132B52 1 for mainland China only 2 for India only 21DC and 21DD 21DE and 21DF Further compliance information related to your product is available at https://www.lenovo.com/compliance. Locate the UltraConnect wireless antennas Your computer has an UltraConnect wireless antenna system. You can enable wireless communication wherever you are. Copyright Lenovo 2022 63 The following illustration shows the antenna locations on your computer:

1 Wireless LAN antenna (auxiliary) 2 Wireless LAN antenna (main) 3 Wireless WAN antenna (MIMO1)*

4 Wireless WAN antenna (main, for selected models) 5 Wireless WAN antenna (auxiliary, for selected models) 6 Wireless WAN antenna (MIMO2)*

* for selected models Operating environment Maximum altitude (without pressurization) 3048 m (10 000 ft) Temperature Operating: 5C to 35C (41F to 95F) Storage and transportation in original shipping packaging: -20C to 60C (-4F to 140F) Storage without packaging: 5C to 43C (41F to 109F) Note: When you charge the battery, its temperature must be no lower than 10C (50F). Relative humidity Operating: 8% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 23C (73F) Storage and transportation: 5% to 95% at wet-bulb temperature 27C (81F) 64 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide Appendix B. Notices and trademarks Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent programs covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

Lenovo (United States), Inc. 8001 Development Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. Changes are made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. To provide better service, Lenovo reserves the right to improve and/or modify the products and software programs described in the manuals included with your computer, and the content of the manual, at any time without additional notice. The software interface and function and hardware configuration described in the manuals included with your computer might not match exactly the actual configuration of the computer that you purchase. For the configuration of the product, refer to the related contract (if any) or product packing list, or consult the distributor for the product sales. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Copyright Lenovo 2022 65 Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. This document is copyrighted by Lenovo and is not covered by any open source license, including any Linux agreement(s) which may accompany software included with this product. Lenovo may update this document at any time without notice. For the latest information or any questions or comments, contact or visit the Lenovo Web site:

https://pcsupport.lenovo.com Trademarks LENOVO, LENOVO logo, THINKPAD, THINKPAD logo, TRACKPOINT, and ULTRACONNECT are trademarks of Lenovo. Intel, and Thunderbolt are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the U.S. and/or other countries. Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft, Microsoft Teams, Windows, BitLocker, and Cortana are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. USB-C is a registered trademark of USB Implementers Forum. Wi-Fi and Miracast are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 66 X1 Extreme Gen 5 / P1 Gen 5 User Guide

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited QCNFA725 Product name: Wi-Fi 6E BT 5.2 M.2 1418 Module Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Revision History Revision Oct 2021 Description of Changes Initial Release Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Introduction The QCNFA725 module is designed to support Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth applications that support 2.4/5GHz, 2 streams 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax, and Bluetooth 5.1. The card uses the Microsoft Windows Client Utility (ACU) which is a user-mode utility designed to edit and add profiles for selected network interface adapters. This module requires professional installation and can be only assembled in a Microsoft Windows laptop/tablet by system manufacture. System Requirements Laptop/ PC containing:

32-bit PCI Express Bus 32 MB memory or greater 300 MHz processor or higher Microsoft Windows 10 Profile Management Configure the wireless network adapter (wireless card) from the Profile Management tab of the Client Utility. Add a profile Edit a profile Import a Profile Export a Profile Order profiles Switch to a different profile Remove a profile Connect to a Different Network Lenovo (Beijing) Limited The wireless network adapter works in either infrastructure mode (which uses an access point) or ad hoc mode (a group of stations participating in the wireless LAN). Create or Modify a Configuration Profile To add a new configuration profile, click New on the Profile Management tab. To modify a configuration profile, select the configuration from the Profile list and click the Modify button. The Profile Management dialog box displays the General tab. In profile management:

Edit the General tab. Edit the Security tab. Edit the Advanced tab. To configure a profile for ad hoc or access point (infrastructure) mode, edit the Network Type field on the Advanced tab. Note that the ACU only allows the creation of 16 configuration profiles. After the creation of 16 profiles, clicking the New button displays an error message. Remove an old profile or modify an existing profile for a new use. Remove a Configuration Profile 1. Go to the Profile Management tab. 2. Select the profile to remove from the list of configuration profiles. 3. Click the Remove button. Auto Profile Selection Management Including a profile in the auto selection feature allows the wireless adapter to automatically select that profile from the list of profiles and use it to connect to the network. Including a profile in auto profile selection:

1. On the Profile Management tab, click the Order Profiles button. 2. The Auto Profile Selection Management window appears, with a list of all created profiles in the Available Profiles box. 3. Highlight the profiles to add to auto profile selection, then click Add. The profiles appear in the Auto Selected Profiles box. Ordering the auto selected profiles:

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited 1. Highlight a profile in the Auto Selected Profiles box. 2. Click Move Up, Move Down, or Remove as appropriate. The first profile in the Auto Selected Profiles box has highest priority, and the last profile has lowest priority. 3. Click OK. 4. Check the Auto Select Profiles box. 5. Save the modified configuration file. When auto profile selection is enabled by checking Auto Select Profiles on the Profile Management tab, the adapter scans for an available network. The profile with the highest priority and the same SSID as one of the found networks is the one that is used to connect to the network. If the connection fails, the adapter tries the next highest priority profile that matches the SSID, and so on. With auto profile selection enabled, the wireless adapter scans for available networks. The highest priority profile with the same SSID as a found network is used to connect to the network. On a failed connection, the adapter tries with the next highest priority profile. Switching to a Different Configuration Profile 1. To switch to a different profile, go to the Profile Management tab. 2. Click on the profile name in the Profile List. 3. Click the Activate button. The Profile List provides icons that specify the operational state for that profile. The list also provides icons that specify the signal strength for that profile. Import and Export Profiles Importing a Profile 1. From the Profile Management tab, click the Import button. The Import Profile window appears. 2. Browse to the directory where the profile is located. 3. Highlight the profile name. 4. Click Open. The imported profile appears in the profiles list. Exporting a Profile 1. From the Profile Management tab, highlight the profile to export. 2. Click the Export button. The Export Profile window appears. 3. Browse to the directory to export the profile to. 4. Click Save. The profile is exported to the specified location. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Scan Available Networks Click the Scan button on the Profile Management tab to scan for available infrastructure and ad hoc networks. On this list, click Refresh to refresh the list at any time. Connecting to a different network Highlight a network name and click the Activate button to connect an available network. If no configuration profile exists for that network, the Profile Management window opens to the General tab. Fill in the profile name and click OK to create the configuration profile for that network. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Tray Icon The tray icon appears at the bottom of the screen, and shows the signal strength using colors and the received signal strength indication (RSSI). Hold the mouse cursor over the tray icon to display the current configuration profile name and association, as well as transmit and receive speed and the wireless adapter name and IP address. Right-click on the tray icon to:

Help Open the online help. Open Client Utility Launch the Client Utility (ACU). Use the ACU to configure a profile or view status and statistics information. Troubleshooting Run the Troubleshooting Utility. Preferences Set the ACU startup and menu options. Check to start the program automatically when Windows starts, and check menu items that should appear on the popup menu. Enable/Disable Radio Enable or disable the RF signal. Manual LEAP Login Log in to LEAP manually, if LEAP is set to manually prompt for user name and password on each login. Reauthenticate Reauthenticate to the access point. Select Profile Click a configuration profile name to switch to. If no configuration profile exists for a connection, add a profile. Show Connection Status This window displays connection information:

Active Profile Displays the active configuration profile name. Auto Profile Selection Connection Status Shows whether auto profile selection is enabled. Displays whether the adapter is connected to a wireless network. Link Quality Lists the quality of the link connection. SSID Displays the SSID of the associated network. Access Point Shows the name of the AP the wireless adapter is Name connected to. Access Point Shows the IP address of the access point the IP Address wireless adapter is connected to. Lists the speed of the link connection. Displays the IP address of the wireless adapter. Link Speed Adapter IP Address Exit Exit the Client Utility application. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited The colors are defined as follows:

Color Green Green Yellow Red Gray Quality Excellent Good Poor Poor RSSI*

20 dB +

10-20 dB +

5-10 dB

< 5 dB No Connection No Connection

*Received signal strength indication RSSI. Displayed in dB or percentage. Enable or disable the tray icon in the Action menu. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Operations in the 5.15-5.25GHz band are restricted to indoor usage only. This device meets all the other requirements specified in Part 15E, Section 15.407 of the FCC Rules.

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. This module is intended for OEM integrators only. Per FCC KDB 996369 D03 OEM Manual v01 guidance, the following conditions must be strictly followed when using this certified module:

KDB 996369 D03 OEM Manual v01 rule sections:

2.2 List of applicable FCC rules This module has been tested for compliance to FCC Part 15 2.3 Summarize the specific operational use conditions The module is tested for standalone mobile RF exposure use condition. Any other usage conditions such as co-location with other transmitter(s) or being used in a portable condition will need a separate reassessment through a class II permissive change application or new certification. 2.4 Limited module procedures Not applicable. 2.5 Trace antenna designs Not applicable. 2.6 RF exposure considerations This equipment complies with FCC mobile radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20cm between the radiator & your body. If the module is installed in a portable host, a separate SAR evaluation is required to confirm compliance with relevant FCC portable RF exposure rules. 2.7 Antennas The following antennas have been certified for use with this module; antennas of the same type with equal or lower gain may also be used with this module. The antenna must be installed such that 20 cm can be maintained between the antenna and users. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited 2.8 Label and compliance information The final end product must be labeled in a visible area with the following: Contains FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725. The grantee's FCC ID can be used only when all FCC compliance requirements are met. 2.9 Information on test modes and additional testing requirements This transmitter is tested in a standalone mobile RF exposure condition and any co-

located or simultaneous transmission with other transmitter(s) or portable use will require a separate class II permissive change re-evaluation or new certification. 2.10 Additional testing, Part 15 Subpart B disclaimer This transmitter module is tested as a subsystem and its certification does not cover the FCC Part 15 Subpart B (unintentional radiator) rule requirement applicable to the final host. The final host will still need to be reassessed for compliance to this portion of rule requirements if applicable. As long as all conditions above are met, further transmitter test will not be required. However, the OEM integrator is still responsible for testing their end-product for any additional compliance requirements required with this module installed. IMPORTANT NOTE: In the event that these conditions can not be met (for example certain laptop configurations or co-location with another transmitter), then the FCC authorization is no longer considered valid and the FCC ID can not be used on the final product. In these circumstances, the OEM integrator will be responsible for re-

evaluating the end product (including the transmitter) and obtaining a separate FCC Lenovo (Beijing) Limited authorization. Manual Information To the End User The OEM integrator has to be aware not to provide information to the end user regarding how to install or remove this RF module in the users manual of the end product which integrates this module. The end user manual shall include all required regulatory information/warning as show in this manual. OEM/Host manufacturer responsibilities OEM/Host manufacturers are ultimately responsible for the compliance of the Host and Module. The final product must be reassessed against all the essential requirements of the FCC rule such as FCC Part 15 Subpart B before it can be placed on the US market. This includes reassessing the transmitter module for compliance with the Radio and EMF essential requirements of the FCC rules. This module must not be incorporated into any other device or system without retesting for compliance as multi-radio and combined equipment Prohibited for control of or communications with unmanned aircraft systems, including drones. Industry Canada statement:

This device complies with ISEDs licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d ISED applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with greater than 20cm between the radiator & your body. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:

Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements ISED tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis plus de 20 cm entre le radiateur et votre corps. This device is intended only for OEM integrators under the following conditions: (For module device use) 1) The antenna must be installed and operated with greater than 20cm between the antenna and users, and 2) The transmitter module may not be co-located with any other transmitter or antenna. As long as 2 conditions above are met, further transmitter test will not be required. However, the OEM integrator is still responsible for testing their end-product for any additional compliance requirements required with this module installed. Cet appareil est conu uniquement pour les intgrateurs OEM dans les conditions suivantes: (Pour utilisation de dispositif module) 1) L'antenne doit tre install et exploit avec plus de 20 cm entre l'antenne et les utilisateurs, et 2) Le module metteur peut ne pas tre complant avec un autre metteur ou antenne. Tant que les 2 conditions ci-dessus sont remplies, des essais supplmentaires sur l'metteur ne seront pas ncessaires. Toutefois, l'intgrateur OEM est toujours responsable des essais sur son produit final pour toutes exigences de conformit supplmentaires requis pour ce module install. IMPORTANT NOTE:

In the event that these conditions can not be met (for example certain laptop configurations or co-location with another transmitter), then the Canada authorization is no longer considered valid and the IC ID can not be used on the final product. In these circumstances, the OEM integrator will be responsible for re-evaluating the end product (including the transmitter) and obtaining a separate Canada authorization. NOTE IMPORTANTE:

Dans le cas o ces conditions ne peuvent tre satisfaites (par exemple pour certaines configurations d'ordinateur portable ou de certaines co-localisation avec un autre metteur), l'autorisation du Canada n'est plus considr comme valide et l'ID IC ne peut pas tre utilis sur le produit final. Dans ces circonstances, l'intgrateur OEM sera charg de rvaluer le produit final (y compris l'metteur) et l'obtention d'une autorisation distincte au Canada. Lenovo (Beijing) Limited End Product Labeling This transmitter module is authorized only for use in device where the antenna may be installed and operated with greater than 20cm between the antenna and users. The final end product must be labeled in a visible area with the following: Contains IC: 5903G-

QCNFA725. Plaque signaltique du produit final Ce module metteur est autoris uniquement pour une utilisation dans un appareil o lantenne peut tre installe et utilise plus de 20 cm entre lantenne et les utilisateurs. Le produit final doit tre tiquet dans un endroit visible avec l'inscription suivante: "Contient des IC: 5903G-QCNFA725". Manual Information To the End User The OEM integrator has to be aware not to provide information to the end user regarding how to install or remove this RF module in the users manual of the end product which integrates this module. this manual. The end user manual shall include all required regulatory information/warning as show in Manuel d'information l'utilisateur final L'intgrateur OEM doit tre conscient de ne pas fournir des informations l'utilisateur final quant la faon d'installer ou de supprimer ce module RF dans le manuel de l'utilisateur du produit final qui intgre ce module. Le manuel de l'utilisateur final doit inclure toutes les informations rglementaires requises et avertissements comme indiqu dans ce manuel. Caution :

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit;

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited

(iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits as appropriate;

(iv) where applicable, antenna type(s), antenna models(s), and worst-case tilt angle(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p. elevation mask requirement set forth in section 6.2.2.3 shall be clearly indicated. Avertissement:

Le guide dutilisation des dispositifs pour rseaux locaux doit inclure des instructions prcises sur les restrictions susmentionnes, notamment :

(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

(ii) pour les dispositifs munis dantennes amovibles, le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes de 5 250 5 350 MHz et de 5 470 5 725 MHz doit tre conforme la limite de la p.i.r.e;

(iii) pour les dispositifs munis dantennes amovibles, le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande de 5 725 5 850 MHz) doit tre conforme la limite de la p.i.r.e. spcifie, selon le cas;

(iv) lorsquil y a lieu, les types dantennes (sil y en a plusieurs), les numros de modle de lantenne et les pires angles dinclinaison ncessaires pour rester conforme lexigence de la p.i.r.e. applicable au masque dlvation, nonce la section 6.2.2.3, doivent tre clairement indiqus DETACHABLE ANTENNA USAGE This radio transmitter [IC: 5903G-QCNFA725] has been approved by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below, with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list that have a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for any type listed are strictly prohibited for use with this device. Le prsent metteur radio [IC: 5903G-QCNFA725] a t approuv par Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne numrs ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal. Les types Lenovo (Beijing) Limited d'antenne non inclus dans cette liste, et dont le gain est suprieur au gain maximal indiqu pour tout type figurant sur la liste, sont strictement interdits pour l'exploitation de l'metteur. 1. 2. XXXyyyLPDzzzz-x NCC LOGO

Attestation January 25, 2022 We, Lenovo (Beijing) Limited, attest the followings for our device FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725. a. The UUT will be under control Low-power indoor access point and Standard power Access Point, the UUT can adjust a transmitters output power based on access point categories which to connected. This function is auto controlled by software. b. this device will only associate and connect with a low-power indoor Access Point, subordinate device, or standard access point and never directly link to any other client devices c. this device will always initiate transmission under the control of a low power indoor AP or subordinate or standard client except access point for brief communications before joining a network. These quick messages will only occur if the 987594 D01 U-NII 6GHz General Requirements v01r02 20 client has detected an indoor AP, subordinate, or standard access point operating on a channel. These brief messages will have a time-out mechanism such that if it does not receive a response from an AP it will not continually repeat the request. d. this device, when associated and connected with a low-power indoor access point, subordinate or standard access point device, will operate at a power lower as advertised by the indoor access point, subordinate, or standard access point:

i. lower than or equal to the power advertised by the low-power indoor access point or subordinate and never above the maximum output power allowed by the FCC grant for clients associated with indoor clients or subordinates. ii. lower than or 6 dB below the power advertised by the standard access point. e. We acknowledging the device is prohibited for control of or communications with unmanned aircraft systems, including drones. __________________ Yang Liu liuyangs@lenovo.com

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited 201-H2-6, Floor2, Building 2, No. 6 Shangdi West Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China Date: 2021-11-05 FCC ID:A5M-QCNFA725 To the attention of Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Permanent Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application as outlined below:

Software Operational Description Software Defined Radio The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely yours,

Yang Liu / Compliance Engineer Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Tel: (86)10-58867473 Fax: (86)10-58866630 E-mail: liuyangs@lenovo.com

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited 201-H2-6, Floor2, Building 2, No. 6 Shangdi West Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China Date: 2021-11-05 FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 A U T H O R I Z A T I O N L E T T E R To Whom It May Concern:

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited hereby authorizes Amanda Wu / Senior Specialist of Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch (BV CPS Taoyuan), to act on its behalf in all matters relating to the Federal Communication Commission

(FCC) application for equipment authorization in connection with the FCC ID listed above, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Amanda Wu / Senior Specialist of BV CPS Taoyuan on Lenovo (Beijing) Limiteds behalf, within the scope of the powers granted herein, shall have the same effect as acts of its own. If you have any questions regarding the authorization, please dont hesitate to contact us. Sincerely yours,

Yang Liu / Compliance Engineer Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Tel: (86)10-58867473 Fax: (86)10-58866630 E-mail: liuyangs@lenovo.com

Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. 5775 Morehouse Drive, San Diego, CA 92121-1714 Change In ID Authorization Letter Date: 2021-11-17 Re: Change of Identification Authorization, FCC ID: J9C-QCNFA725 (The grant date is 10/07/2021) To Whom It May Concern:

This letter grants authorization for representative of Lenovo (Beijing) Limited to apply to FCC for a change in identification as specified under 47CFR2.933 of the FCC rules. This authorization applies to Qualcomm Technologies, Inc., FCC ID:

J9C-QCNFA725 We are aware that Lenovo (Beijing) Limited intends to market the above referenced product under their own FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 Sincerely yours,

Stanley Lin, Global Product Compliance

Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. 5775 Morehouse Drive, San Diego, CA 92121-1714 www.qualcomm.com November 13, 2019 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 Subject: Authorization of Handling FCC Regulatory Applications FCC Identifier J9C To Whom It May Concern:

I, hereby, authorize Mr. Stanley Lin, to handle FCC Regulatory related applications for Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. FCC Identifier J9C and sign all required application documents. Best Regards, Paul Guckian VP, Engineering Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. 5775 Morehouse Drive San Diego, CA 92121 Office: 858-651-1547 pguckian@qti.qualcomm.com

Lenovo (Beijing) Limited 201-H2-6, Floor2, Building 2, No. 6 Shangdi West Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Attention: Application Examiner / Review Engineer Date: 2021-11-05 Reference: FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 (new FCC ID) To The Commission:

Subject: Request to change in identification per section 2.933 of FCC rules This Change of Identification request applies for a new FCC ID: A5M-QCNFA725 as established in 47CFR 2.933(b) for a currently approved device. This application by Lenovo

(Beijing) Limited will establish a new FCC ID under (A5M) grantee code for purpose of marketing. The original grant to FCC ID: J9C-QCNFA725 (original ID) will remain in effect. An authorization letter by Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. is attached. Per 2.933(b) 1. The original identification is FCC ID:J9C-QCNFA725 2. The grant date is 10/07/2021 3. The equipment is electrically identical. Only the FCC ID number is 4. The original test results are applicable and representative of this changed different. device. 5. Exterior photographs are included in this application. The following files are electronically submitted as attachments:

Cover Letter External Photos FCC ID label format and location User Manual Sincerely yours,

Yang Liu / Compliance Engineer Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Tel: (86)10-58867473 Fax: (86)10-58866630 E-mail: liuyangs@lenovo.com